]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* doc/bison.texinfo (Multiple start-symbols): New.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a grammar
335 description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) or @acronym{GLR} context-free grammar
336 into a C or C++ program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
360 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
361 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
362 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
363
364 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
365 compiler, have never
366 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
367 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
368 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
369 License to all of the Bison source code.
370
371 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
372 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
373 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
374 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
375 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
376 @code{yyparse},
377 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
378
379 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
380 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
381 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
382 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
383 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
384 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
385
386 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
387 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
388 as usual. You can
389 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
390 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
391 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
392 that output file without restriction.''
393
394 @include gpl.texi
395
396 @node Concepts
397 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
398
399 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
400 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
401 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
402
403 @menu
404 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
405 as mathematical ideas.
406 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
407 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
408 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
409 the name of an identifier, etc.).
410 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
411 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
412 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
413 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
414 how is the output used?
415 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
416 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
417 @end menu
418
419 @node Language and Grammar
420 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
421
422 @cindex context-free grammar
423 @cindex grammar, context-free
424 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
425 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
426 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
427 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
428 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
429 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
430 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
431 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
432 recursion.
433
434 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
435 @cindex Backus-Naur form
436 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
437 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
438 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
439 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
440 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
441
442 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
443 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
444 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
445 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
446 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
447 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
448 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
449 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
450 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
451 restrictions that are
452 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
454 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
455 more information on this.
456
457 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
458 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
459 @cindex ambiguous grammars
460 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
461
462 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
463 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
464 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
465 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
466 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
467 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
468 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
469 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
470 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
471 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
472 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
473 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
474 possible parses of any given string is finite.
475
476 @cindex symbols (abstract)
477 @cindex token
478 @cindex syntactic grouping
479 @cindex grouping, syntactic
480 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
481 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
482 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
483 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
484 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
485 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
486 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
487
488 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
489 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
490 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
491 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
492 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
493 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
494 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
495 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
496 lexicography, not grammar.)
497
498 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
499
500 @ifinfo
501 @example
502 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
503 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
504 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
505 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
506 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
507 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
508 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
509 @end example
510 @end ifinfo
511 @ifnotinfo
512 @example
513 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
514 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
515 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
516 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
517 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
518 @end example
519 @end ifnotinfo
520
521 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
522 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
523 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
524 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
525 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
526 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
527 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
528 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
529
530 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
531 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
532 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
533 reads informally as follows:
534
535 @quotation
536 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
537 `semicolon'.
538 @end quotation
539
540 @noindent
541 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
542 statement in C.
543
544 @cindex start symbol
545 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
546 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
547 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
548 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
549 plays this role.
550
551 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
552 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
553 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
554 not the start symbol.
555
556 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
557 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
558 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
559 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
560 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
561 reports a syntax error.
562
563 @node Grammar in Bison
564 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
565 @cindex Bison grammar
566 @cindex grammar, Bison
567 @cindex formal grammar
568
569 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
570 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
571 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
572
573 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
574 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
575 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
576
577 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
578 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
579 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
580 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
581 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
582 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
583 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
584 @xref{Symbols}.
585
586 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
587 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
588 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
589 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
590
591 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
592 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
593
594 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
595 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
596 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
597 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
598 used in every rule.
599
600 @example
601 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
602 ;
603 @end example
604
605 @noindent
606 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
607
608 @node Semantic Values
609 @section Semantic Values
610 @cindex semantic value
611 @cindex value, semantic
612
613 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
614 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
615 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
616 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
617 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
618 grammatical.
619
620 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
621 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
622 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
623 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
624 ,Defining Language Semantics},
625 for details.
626
627 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
628 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
629 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
630 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
631 except their types.
632
633 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
634 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
635 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
636 need to have any semantic value.)
637
638 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
639 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
640 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
641 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
642 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
643 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
644
645 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
646 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
647 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
648 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
649 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
650
651 @node Semantic Actions
652 @section Semantic Actions
653 @cindex semantic actions
654 @cindex actions, semantic
655
656 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
657 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
658 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
659 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
660 @xref{Actions}.
661
662 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
663 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
664 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
665 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
666 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
667 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
668 newly recognized larger expression.
669
670 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
671 two subexpressions:
672
673 @example
674 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
675 ;
676 @end example
677
678 @noindent
679 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
680 from the values of the two subexpressions.
681
682 @node GLR Parsers
683 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
684 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
685 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
686 @findex %glr-parser
687 @cindex conflicts
688 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
689 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
690
691 In some grammars, Bison's standard
692 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
693 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
694 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
695 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
696 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
697 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
699 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
700
701 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
702 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
703 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
704 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
705 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
706 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
707 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
708 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
709 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
710 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
711 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
712 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
713 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
714 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
715 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
716 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
717 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
718 identical set of symbols.
719
720 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
721 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
722 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
723 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
724 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
725 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
726 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
727 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
728 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
729 merged result.
730
731 @menu
732 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
733 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
734 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
735 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
736 @end menu
737
738 @node Simple GLR Parsers
739 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
740 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
742 @findex %glr-parser
743 @findex %expect-rr
744 @cindex conflicts
745 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
746 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
747
748 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
749 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
750 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
751 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
752 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
753 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
754
755 Consider a problem that
756 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
757 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
758
759 @example
760 type subrange = lo .. hi;
761 type enum = (a, b, c);
762 @end example
763
764 @noindent
765 The original language standard allows only numeric
766 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
767 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
768 10206) and many other
769 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
770 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
771 parentheses:
772
773 @example
774 type subrange = (a) .. b;
775 @end example
776
777 @noindent
778 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
779 type with only one value:
780
781 @example
782 type enum = (a);
783 @end example
784
785 @noindent
786 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
787 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
788
789 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
790 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
791 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
792 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
793 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
794 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
795 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
796 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
797
798 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
799 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
800 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
801 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
802 expressions.
803
804 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
805 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
806 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
807 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
808 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
809 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
810 work.
811
812 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
813 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
814 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
815 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
816 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
817 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
818 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
819 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
820 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
821 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
822 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
823
824 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
825 reports a syntax error as usual.
826
827 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
828 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
829 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
830 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
831 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
832
833 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
834 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
835 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
836 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
837 The present example contains only one conflict between two
838 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
839 cannot be nested. So the number of
840 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
841 and the parsing time is still linear.
842
843 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
844 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
845
846 @example
847 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
848
849 @group
850 %left '+' '-'
851 %left '*' '/'
852 @end group
853
854 %%
855
856 @group
857 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
858 ;
859 @end group
860
861 @group
862 type : '(' id_list ')'
863 | expr DOTDOT expr
864 ;
865 @end group
866
867 @group
868 id_list : ID
869 | id_list ',' ID
870 ;
871 @end group
872
873 @group
874 expr : '(' expr ')'
875 | expr '+' expr
876 | expr '-' expr
877 | expr '*' expr
878 | expr '/' expr
879 | ID
880 ;
881 @end group
882 @end example
883
884 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
885 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
886 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
887 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
888 recognized:
889
890 @example
891 type t = (a) .. b;
892 @end example
893
894 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
895 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
896 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
897 @samp{%%}):
898
899 @example
900 %glr-parser
901 %expect-rr 1
902 @end example
903
904 @noindent
905 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
906 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
907 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
908 notice when the parser splits.
909
910 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
911 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
912 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
913 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
914 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
915 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
916 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
917 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
918 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
919 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
920 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
921 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
922 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
923 correctness.
924
925 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
926 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
927 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
928 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
929 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
930 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
931
932 @node Merging GLR Parses
933 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
934 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
936 @findex %dprec
937 @findex %merge
938 @cindex conflicts
939 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
940
941 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
942
943 @example
944 %@{
945 #include <stdio.h>
946 #define YYSTYPE char const *
947 int yylex (void);
948 void yyerror (char const *);
949 %@}
950
951 %token TYPENAME ID
952
953 %right '='
954 %left '+'
955
956 %glr-parser
957
958 %%
959
960 prog :
961 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
962 ;
963
964 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
965 | decl %dprec 2
966 ;
967
968 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
969 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
970 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
971 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
972 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
973 ;
974
975 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
976 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
977 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
978 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
979 ;
980
981 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
982 | '(' declarator ')'
983 ;
984 @end example
985
986 @noindent
987 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
988 certain declarations and statements. For example,
989
990 @example
991 T (x) = y+z;
992 @end example
993
994 @noindent
995 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
996 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
997 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
998 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
999 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1000 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1001 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1002 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1003 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1004 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1005 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1006 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1007 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1008 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1009
1010 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1011 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1012 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1013 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1014 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1015 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1016 The parser therefore prints
1017
1018 @example
1019 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1020 @end example
1021
1022 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1023 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1024
1025 @example
1026 T (x) + y;
1027 @end example
1028
1029 @noindent
1030 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1031 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1032 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1033 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1034 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1035 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1036 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1037 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1038 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1039 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1040
1041 @example
1042 x T <cast> y +
1043 @end example
1044
1045 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1046 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1047 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1048 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1049 follows:
1050
1051 @example
1052 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1054 ;
1055 @end example
1056
1057 @noindent
1058 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1059
1060 @example
1061 static YYSTYPE
1062 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1063 @{
1064 printf ("<OR> ");
1065 return "";
1066 @}
1067 @end example
1068
1069 @noindent
1070 with an accompanying forward declaration
1071 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1072
1073 @example
1074 %@{
1075 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1076 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1077 %@}
1078 @end example
1079
1080 @noindent
1081 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1082 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1083
1084 @example
1085 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1086 @end example
1087
1088 Bison requires that all of the
1089 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1090 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1091 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1092 the offending merge.
1093
1094 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1095 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1096
1097 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1098 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1099 the associated reduction.
1100 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1101 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1102
1103 @vindex yychar
1104 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1105 @vindex yylval
1106 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1107 @vindex yylloc
1108 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1109 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1110 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1111 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1112 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1113 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1114 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1115 influence syntax analysis.
1116 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
1117
1118 @findex yyclearin
1119 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1120 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1121 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1122 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1123 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1124 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1125 future versions of Bison.
1126 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1127 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1128 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1129
1130 @findex YYERROR
1131 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1132 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1133 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1134 initiate error recovery.
1135 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1136 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1137 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1138 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1139
1140 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1141 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1142
1143 @node Compiler Requirements
1144 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1145 @cindex @code{inline}
1146 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1147
1148 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1149 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1150 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1151 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1152 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1153 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1154
1155 @example
1156 %@{
1157 #include <config.h>
1158 %@}
1159 @end example
1160
1161 @noindent
1162 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1163
1164 @example
1165 %@{
1166 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1167 #define inline
1168 #endif
1169 %@}
1170 @end example
1171
1172 @node Locations Overview
1173 @section Locations
1174 @cindex location
1175 @cindex textual location
1176 @cindex location, textual
1177
1178 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1179 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1180 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1181 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1182
1183 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1184 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1185 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1186 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1187
1188 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1189 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1190 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1191 @code{@@3}.
1192
1193 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1194 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1195 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1196 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1197 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1198 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1199 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1200
1201 @node Bison Parser
1202 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1203 @cindex Bison parser
1204 @cindex Bison utility
1205 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1206 @cindex parser
1207
1208 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1209 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1210 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1211 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1212 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1213 program.
1214
1215 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1216 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1217 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1218 uses.
1219
1220 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1221 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1222 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1223 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1224 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1225 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1226 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1227
1228 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1229 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1230 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1231 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1232 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1233 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1234 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1235 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1236
1237 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1238 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1239 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1240 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1241 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1242 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1243 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1244 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1245 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1246 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1247 meanings.
1248
1249 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1250 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1251 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1252 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1253 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1254 included if message translation is in use
1255 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1256 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1257 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1258
1259 @node Stages
1260 @section Stages in Using Bison
1261 @cindex stages in using Bison
1262 @cindex using Bison
1263
1264 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1265 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1266
1267 @enumerate
1268 @item
1269 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1270 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1271 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1272 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1273 sequence of C statements.
1274
1275 @item
1276 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1277 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1278 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1279 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1280
1281 @item
1282 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1283
1284 @item
1285 Write error-reporting routines.
1286 @end enumerate
1287
1288 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1289 must follow these steps:
1290
1291 @enumerate
1292 @item
1293 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1294
1295 @item
1296 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1297
1298 @item
1299 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1300 @end enumerate
1301
1302 @node Grammar Layout
1303 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1304 @cindex grammar file
1305 @cindex file format
1306 @cindex format of grammar file
1307 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1308
1309 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1310 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1311
1312 @example
1313 %@{
1314 @var{Prologue}
1315 %@}
1316
1317 @var{Bison declarations}
1318
1319 %%
1320 @var{Grammar rules}
1321 %%
1322 @var{Epilogue}
1323 @end example
1324
1325 @noindent
1326 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1327 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1328
1329 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1330 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1331 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1332 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1333 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1334 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1335
1336 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1337 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1338 semantic values of various symbols.
1339
1340 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1341 parts.
1342
1343 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1344 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1345 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1346
1347 @node Examples
1348 @chapter Examples
1349 @cindex simple examples
1350 @cindex examples, simple
1351
1352 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1353 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1354 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1355 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1356 desk-top calculator.
1357
1358 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1359 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1360 source file to try them.
1361
1362 @menu
1363 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1364 a first example with no operator precedence.
1365 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1366 Operator precedence is introduced.
1367 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1368 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1369 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1370 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1371 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1372 @end menu
1373
1374 @node RPN Calc
1375 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1376 @cindex reverse polish notation
1377 @cindex polish notation calculator
1378 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1379 @cindex calculator, simple
1380
1381 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1382 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1383 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1384 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1385
1386 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1387 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1388
1389 @menu
1390 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1391 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1392 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1393 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1394 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1395 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1396 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1397 @end menu
1398
1399 @node Rpcalc Decls
1400 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1401
1402 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1403 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1404
1405 @example
1406 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1407
1408 %@{
1409 #define YYSTYPE double
1410 #include <math.h>
1411 int yylex (void);
1412 void yyerror (char const *);
1413 %@}
1414
1415 %token NUM
1416
1417 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1418 @end example
1419
1420 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1421 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1422
1423 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1424 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1425 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1426 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1427 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1428 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1429 which is a floating point number.
1430
1431 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1432 function @code{pow}.
1433
1434 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1435 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1436 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1437 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1438 prologue.
1439
1440 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1441 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1442 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1443 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1444 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1445 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1446 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1447 type for numeric constants.
1448
1449 @node Rpcalc Rules
1450 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1451
1452 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1453
1454 @example
1455 input: /* empty */
1456 | input line
1457 ;
1458
1459 line: '\n'
1460 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1461 ;
1462
1463 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1464 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1467 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1468 /* Exponentiation */
1469 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1470 /* Unary minus */
1471 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1472 ;
1473 %%
1474 @end example
1475
1476 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1477 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1478 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1479 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1480 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1481 mean.
1482
1483 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1484 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1485 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1486
1487 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1488 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1489 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1490 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1491 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1492 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1493
1494 @menu
1495 * Rpcalc Input::
1496 * Rpcalc Line::
1497 * Rpcalc Expr::
1498 @end menu
1499
1500 @node Rpcalc Input
1501 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1502
1503 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1504
1505 @example
1506 input: /* empty */
1507 | input line
1508 ;
1509 @end example
1510
1511 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1512 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1513 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1514 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1515 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1516
1517 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1518 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1519 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1520 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1521 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1522 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1523
1524 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1525 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1526 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1527 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1528 more times.
1529
1530 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1531 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1532 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1533
1534 @node Rpcalc Line
1535 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1536
1537 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1538
1539 @example
1540 line: '\n'
1541 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1542 ;
1543 @end example
1544
1545 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1546 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1547 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1548 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1549 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1550 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1551 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1552
1553 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1554 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1555 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1556 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1557 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1558
1559 @node Rpcalc Expr
1560 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1561
1562 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1563 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1564 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1565 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1566
1567 @example
1568 exp: NUM
1569 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1570 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1571 @dots{}
1572 ;
1573 @end example
1574
1575 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1576 equally well have written them separately:
1577
1578 @example
1579 exp: NUM ;
1580 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1581 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1582 @dots{}
1583 @end example
1584
1585 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1586 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1587 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1588 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1589 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1590 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1591 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1592 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1593
1594 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1595 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1596 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1597
1598 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1599 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1600 For example, this:
1601
1602 @example
1603 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 means the same thing as this:
1608
1609 @example
1610 exp: NUM
1611 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1612 | @dots{}
1613 ;
1614 @end example
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1618
1619 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1620 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1621 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1622 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1623
1624 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1625 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1626 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1627 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1628
1629 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1630 calculator. This
1631 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1632 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1633 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1634 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1635
1636 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1637 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1638 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1639 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1640 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1641 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1642 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1643 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1644 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1645
1646 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1647 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1648 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1649 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1650 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1651
1652 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1653 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1654
1655 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1656
1657 @example
1658 @group
1659 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1660 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1661 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1662 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1663
1664 #include <ctype.h>
1665 @end group
1666
1667 @group
1668 int
1669 yylex (void)
1670 @{
1671 int c;
1672
1673 /* Skip white space. */
1674 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1675 ;
1676 @end group
1677 @group
1678 /* Process numbers. */
1679 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1680 @{
1681 ungetc (c, stdin);
1682 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1683 return NUM;
1684 @}
1685 @end group
1686 @group
1687 /* Return end-of-input. */
1688 if (c == EOF)
1689 return 0;
1690 /* Return a single char. */
1691 return c;
1692 @}
1693 @end group
1694 @end example
1695
1696 @node Rpcalc Main
1697 @subsection The Controlling Function
1698 @cindex controlling function
1699 @cindex main function in simple example
1700
1701 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1702 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1703 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1704
1705 @example
1706 @group
1707 int
1708 main (void)
1709 @{
1710 return yyparse ();
1711 @}
1712 @end group
1713 @end example
1714
1715 @node Rpcalc Error
1716 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1717 @cindex error reporting routine
1718
1719 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1720 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1721 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1722 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1723 here is the definition we will use:
1724
1725 @example
1726 @group
1727 #include <stdio.h>
1728
1729 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1730 void
1731 yyerror (char const *s)
1732 @{
1733 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1734 @}
1735 @end group
1736 @end example
1737
1738 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1739 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1740 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1741 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1742 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1743 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1744
1745 @node Rpcalc Gen
1746 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1747 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1748
1749 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1750 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1751 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1752 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1753 end, in the epilogue of the file
1754 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1755
1756 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1757 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1758
1759 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1760 convert it into a parser file:
1761
1762 @example
1763 bison @var{file}.y
1764 @end example
1765
1766 @noindent
1767 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1768 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1769 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1770 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1771 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1772 are copied verbatim to the output.
1773
1774 @node Rpcalc Compile
1775 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1776 @cindex compiling the parser
1777
1778 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1779
1780 @example
1781 @group
1782 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1783 $ @kbd{ls}
1784 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1785 @end group
1786
1787 @group
1788 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1789 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1790 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1791 @end group
1792
1793 @group
1794 # @r{List files again.}
1795 $ @kbd{ls}
1796 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1797 @end group
1798 @end example
1799
1800 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1801 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1802
1803 @example
1804 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1805 @kbd{4 9 +}
1806 13
1807 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1808 -13
1809 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1810 13
1811 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1812 -3.166666667
1813 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1814 81
1815 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1816 $
1817 @end example
1818
1819 @node Infix Calc
1820 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1821 @cindex infix notation calculator
1822 @cindex @code{calc}
1823 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1824
1825 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1826 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1827 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1828 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1829
1830 @example
1831 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1832
1833 %@{
1834 #define YYSTYPE double
1835 #include <math.h>
1836 #include <stdio.h>
1837 int yylex (void);
1838 void yyerror (char const *);
1839 %@}
1840
1841 /* Bison declarations. */
1842 %token NUM
1843 %left '-' '+'
1844 %left '*' '/'
1845 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1846 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1847
1848 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1849 input: /* empty */
1850 | input line
1851 ;
1852
1853 line: '\n'
1854 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1855 ;
1856
1857 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1858 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1859 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1860 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1861 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1862 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1863 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1864 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1865 ;
1866 %%
1867 @end example
1868
1869 @noindent
1870 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1871 same as before.
1872
1873 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1874
1875 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1876 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1877 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1878 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1879 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1880 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1881 the associativity.)
1882
1883 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1884 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1885 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1886 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1887 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1888 Precedence}.
1889
1890 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1891 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1892 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1893 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1894 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1895
1896 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1897
1898 @need 500
1899 @example
1900 $ @kbd{calc}
1901 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1902 6.880952381
1903 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1904 -54
1905 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1906 9
1907 @end example
1908
1909 @node Simple Error Recovery
1910 @section Simple Error Recovery
1911 @cindex error recovery, simple
1912
1913 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1914 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1915 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1916 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1917 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1918 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1919
1920 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1921 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1922 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1923
1924 @example
1925 @group
1926 line: '\n'
1927 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1928 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1929 ;
1930 @end group
1931 @end example
1932
1933 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1934 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1935 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1936 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1937 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1938 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1939 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1940 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1941 misprint.
1942
1943 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1944 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1945 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1946 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1947 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1948 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1949 Bison programs.
1950
1951 @node Location Tracking Calc
1952 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1953 @cindex location tracking calculator
1954 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1955 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1956
1957 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1958 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1959 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1960 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1961 analyzer.
1962
1963 @menu
1964 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1965 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1966 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1967 @end menu
1968
1969 @node Ltcalc Decls
1970 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1971
1972 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1973 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1974
1975 @example
1976 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1977
1978 %@{
1979 #define YYSTYPE int
1980 #include <math.h>
1981 int yylex (void);
1982 void yyerror (char const *);
1983 %@}
1984
1985 /* Bison declarations. */
1986 %token NUM
1987
1988 %left '-' '+'
1989 %left '*' '/'
1990 %left NEG
1991 %right '^'
1992
1993 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1994 @end example
1995
1996 @noindent
1997 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1998 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1999 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2000 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2001 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2002 @code{last_column}.
2003
2004 @node Ltcalc Rules
2005 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2006
2007 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2008 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2009 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2010 from the new information.
2011
2012 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2013 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2014
2015 @example
2016 @group
2017 input : /* empty */
2018 | input line
2019 ;
2020 @end group
2021
2022 @group
2023 line : '\n'
2024 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2025 ;
2026 @end group
2027
2028 @group
2029 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2030 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2031 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2032 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2033 @end group
2034 @group
2035 | exp '/' exp
2036 @{
2037 if ($3)
2038 $$ = $1 / $3;
2039 else
2040 @{
2041 $$ = 1;
2042 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2043 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2044 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2045 @}
2046 @}
2047 @end group
2048 @group
2049 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2050 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2051 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2052 @end group
2053 @end example
2054
2055 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2056 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2057 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2058
2059 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2060 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2061 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2062 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2063 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2064 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2065 hand.
2066
2067 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2068 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2069
2070 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2071 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2072 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2073 semantic values.
2074
2075 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2076 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2077
2078 @example
2079 @group
2080 int
2081 yylex (void)
2082 @{
2083 int c;
2084 @end group
2085
2086 @group
2087 /* Skip white space. */
2088 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2089 ++yylloc.last_column;
2090 @end group
2091
2092 @group
2093 /* Step. */
2094 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2095 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2096 @end group
2097
2098 @group
2099 /* Process numbers. */
2100 if (isdigit (c))
2101 @{
2102 yylval = c - '0';
2103 ++yylloc.last_column;
2104 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2105 @{
2106 ++yylloc.last_column;
2107 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2108 @}
2109 ungetc (c, stdin);
2110 return NUM;
2111 @}
2112 @end group
2113
2114 /* Return end-of-input. */
2115 if (c == EOF)
2116 return 0;
2117
2118 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2119 if (c == '\n')
2120 @{
2121 ++yylloc.last_line;
2122 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2123 @}
2124 else
2125 ++yylloc.last_column;
2126 return c;
2127 @}
2128 @end example
2129
2130 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2131 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2132 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2133 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2134
2135 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2136 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2137 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2138 controlling function:
2139
2140 @example
2141 @group
2142 int
2143 main (void)
2144 @{
2145 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2146 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2147 return yyparse ();
2148 @}
2149 @end group
2150 @end example
2151
2152 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2153 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2154 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2155
2156 @node Multi-function Calc
2157 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2158 @cindex multi-function calculator
2159 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2160 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2161
2162 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2163 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2164 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2165 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2166 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2167
2168 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2169 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2170 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2171 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2172 functions whose syntax has this form:
2173
2174 @example
2175 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2176 @end example
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2180 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2181 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2182
2183 @example
2184 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2185 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2186 3.1415926536
2187 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2188 0.0000000000
2189 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2190 2.3000000000
2191 @kbd{alpha}
2192 2.3000000000
2193 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2194 0.8329091229
2195 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2196 2.3000000000
2197 $
2198 @end example
2199
2200 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2201
2202 @menu
2203 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2204 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2205 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2206 @end menu
2207
2208 @node Mfcalc Decl
2209 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2210
2211 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2212
2213 @smallexample
2214 @group
2215 %@{
2216 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2217 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2218 int yylex (void);
2219 void yyerror (char const *);
2220 %@}
2221 @end group
2222 @group
2223 %union @{
2224 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2225 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2226 @}
2227 @end group
2228 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2229 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2230 %type <val> exp
2231
2232 @group
2233 %right '='
2234 %left '-' '+'
2235 %left '*' '/'
2236 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2237 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2238 @end group
2239 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2240 @end smallexample
2241
2242 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2243 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2244 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2245
2246 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2247 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2248 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2249 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2250
2251 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2252 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2253 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2254 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2255 between angle brackets).
2256
2257 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2258 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2259 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2260 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2261 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2262 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2263
2264 @node Mfcalc Rules
2265 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2266
2267 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2268 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2269 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2270
2271 @smallexample
2272 @group
2273 input: /* empty */
2274 | input line
2275 ;
2276 @end group
2277
2278 @group
2279 line:
2280 '\n'
2281 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2282 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2283 ;
2284 @end group
2285
2286 @group
2287 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2288 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2289 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2290 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2291 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2292 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2293 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2294 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2295 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2296 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2297 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2298 ;
2299 @end group
2300 /* End of grammar. */
2301 %%
2302 @end smallexample
2303
2304 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2305 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2306 @cindex symbol table example
2307
2308 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2309 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2310 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2311 requires some additional C functions for support.
2312
2313 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2314 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2315 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2316
2317 @smallexample
2318 @group
2319 /* Function type. */
2320 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2321 @end group
2322
2323 @group
2324 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2325 struct symrec
2326 @{
2327 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2328 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2329 union
2330 @{
2331 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2332 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2333 @} value;
2334 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2335 @};
2336 @end group
2337
2338 @group
2339 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2340
2341 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2342 extern symrec *sym_table;
2343
2344 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2345 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2346 @end group
2347 @end smallexample
2348
2349 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2350 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2351 @code{init_table} as well:
2352
2353 @smallexample
2354 #include <stdio.h>
2355
2356 @group
2357 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2358 void
2359 yyerror (char const *s)
2360 @{
2361 printf ("%s\n", s);
2362 @}
2363 @end group
2364
2365 @group
2366 struct init
2367 @{
2368 char const *fname;
2369 double (*fnct) (double);
2370 @};
2371 @end group
2372
2373 @group
2374 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2375 @{
2376 "sin", sin,
2377 "cos", cos,
2378 "atan", atan,
2379 "ln", log,
2380 "exp", exp,
2381 "sqrt", sqrt,
2382 0, 0
2383 @};
2384 @end group
2385
2386 @group
2387 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2388 symrec *sym_table;
2389 @end group
2390
2391 @group
2392 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2393 void
2394 init_table (void)
2395 @{
2396 int i;
2397 symrec *ptr;
2398 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2399 @{
2400 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2401 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2402 @}
2403 @}
2404 @end group
2405
2406 @group
2407 int
2408 main (void)
2409 @{
2410 init_table ();
2411 return yyparse ();
2412 @}
2413 @end group
2414 @end smallexample
2415
2416 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2417 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2418
2419 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2420 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2421 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2422 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2423 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2424 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2425
2426 @smallexample
2427 symrec *
2428 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2429 @{
2430 symrec *ptr;
2431 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2432 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2433 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2434 ptr->type = sym_type;
2435 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2436 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2437 sym_table = ptr;
2438 return ptr;
2439 @}
2440
2441 symrec *
2442 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2443 @{
2444 symrec *ptr;
2445 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2446 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2447 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2448 return ptr;
2449 return 0;
2450 @}
2451 @end smallexample
2452
2453 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2454 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2455 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2456 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2457
2458 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2459 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2460 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2461 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2462 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2463 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2464
2465 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2466 operators in @code{yylex}.
2467
2468 @smallexample
2469 @group
2470 #include <ctype.h>
2471 @end group
2472
2473 @group
2474 int
2475 yylex (void)
2476 @{
2477 int c;
2478
2479 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2480 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2481
2482 if (c == EOF)
2483 return 0;
2484 @end group
2485
2486 @group
2487 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2488 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2489 @{
2490 ungetc (c, stdin);
2491 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2492 return NUM;
2493 @}
2494 @end group
2495
2496 @group
2497 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2498 if (isalpha (c))
2499 @{
2500 symrec *s;
2501 static char *symbuf = 0;
2502 static int length = 0;
2503 int i;
2504 @end group
2505
2506 @group
2507 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2508 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2509 if (length == 0)
2510 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2511
2512 i = 0;
2513 do
2514 @end group
2515 @group
2516 @{
2517 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2518 if (i == length)
2519 @{
2520 length *= 2;
2521 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2522 @}
2523 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2524 symbuf[i++] = c;
2525 /* Get another character. */
2526 c = getchar ();
2527 @}
2528 @end group
2529 @group
2530 while (isalnum (c));
2531
2532 ungetc (c, stdin);
2533 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2534 @end group
2535
2536 @group
2537 s = getsym (symbuf);
2538 if (s == 0)
2539 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2540 yylval.tptr = s;
2541 return s->type;
2542 @}
2543
2544 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2545 return c;
2546 @}
2547 @end group
2548 @end smallexample
2549
2550 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2551 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2552 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2553
2554 @node Exercises
2555 @section Exercises
2556 @cindex exercises
2557
2558 @enumerate
2559 @item
2560 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2561
2562 @item
2563 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2564 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2565 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2566
2567 @item
2568 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2569 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2570 @end enumerate
2571
2572 @node Grammar File
2573 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2574
2575 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2576 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2577
2578 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2579 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2580
2581 @menu
2582 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2583 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2584 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2585 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2586 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2587 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2588 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2589 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2590 @end menu
2591
2592 @node Grammar Outline
2593 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2594
2595 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2596 appropriate delimiters:
2597
2598 @example
2599 %@{
2600 @var{Prologue}
2601 %@}
2602
2603 @var{Bison declarations}
2604
2605 %%
2606 @var{Grammar rules}
2607 %%
2608
2609 @var{Epilogue}
2610 @end example
2611
2612 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2613 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2614 continues until end of line.
2615
2616 @menu
2617 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2618 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2619 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2620 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2621 @end menu
2622
2623 @node Prologue
2624 @subsection The prologue
2625 @cindex declarations section
2626 @cindex Prologue
2627 @cindex declarations
2628
2629 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2630 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2631 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2632 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2633 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2634 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2635 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2636
2637 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2638 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2639 character constant.
2640
2641 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2642 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2643 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2644 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2645 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2646 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2647 @code{%union} declaration.
2648
2649 @smallexample
2650 %@{
2651 #include <stdio.h>
2652 #include "ptypes.h"
2653 %@}
2654
2655 %union @{
2656 long int n;
2657 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2658 @}
2659
2660 %@{
2661 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2662 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2663 %@}
2664
2665 @dots{}
2666 @end smallexample
2667
2668 @node Bison Declarations
2669 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2670 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2671 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2672
2673 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2674 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2675 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2676 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2677
2678 @node Grammar Rules
2679 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2680 @cindex grammar rules section
2681 @cindex rules section for grammar
2682
2683 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2684 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2685
2686 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2687 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2688 if it is the first thing in the file.
2689
2690 @node Epilogue
2691 @subsection The epilogue
2692 @cindex additional C code section
2693 @cindex epilogue
2694 @cindex C code, section for additional
2695
2696 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2697 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2698 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2699 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2700 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2701 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2702 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2703 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2704 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2705
2706 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2707 from the grammar rules.
2708
2709 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2710 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2711 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2712 of the grammar file.
2713
2714 @node Symbols
2715 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2716 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2717 @cindex terminal symbol
2718 @cindex token type
2719 @cindex symbol
2720
2721 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2722 of the language.
2723
2724 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2725 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2726 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2727 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2728 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2729 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2730 the symbol to stand for it.
2731
2732 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2733 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2734 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2735
2736 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2737 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2738
2739 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2740
2741 @itemize @bullet
2742 @item
2743 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2744 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2745 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2746 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2747
2748 @item
2749 @cindex character token
2750 @cindex literal token
2751 @cindex single-character literal
2752 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2753 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2754 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2755 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2756 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2757 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2758 ,Operator Precedence}).
2759
2760 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2761 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2762 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2763 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2764 your program will confuse other readers.
2765
2766 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2767 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2768 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2769 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2770 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2771 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2772 allowed.
2773
2774 @item
2775 @cindex string token
2776 @cindex literal string token
2777 @cindex multicharacter literal
2778 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2779 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2780 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2781 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2782 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2783
2784 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2785 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2786 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2787 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2788 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2789
2790 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2791
2792 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2793 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2794 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2795 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2796 read your program will be confused.
2797
2798 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2799 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2800 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2801 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2802 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2803 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2804 @end itemize
2805
2806 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2807 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2808 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2809
2810 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2811 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2812 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2813 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2814 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2815 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2816 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2817 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2818 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2819 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2820 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2821 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2822
2823 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2824 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2825 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2826 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2827 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2828
2829 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2830 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2831 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2832 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2833 characters in the following C-language string:
2834
2835 @example
2836 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2837 @end example
2838
2839 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2840 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2841 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2842 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2843 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2844 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2845 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2846 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2847 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2848 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2849 compiling them.
2850
2851 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2852 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2853 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2854 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2855 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2856
2857 @node Rules
2858 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2859 @cindex rule syntax
2860 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2861 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2862
2863 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2864
2865 @example
2866 @group
2867 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2868 ;
2869 @end group
2870 @end example
2871
2872 @noindent
2873 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2874 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2875 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2876
2877 For example,
2878
2879 @example
2880 @group
2881 exp: exp '+' exp
2882 ;
2883 @end group
2884 @end example
2885
2886 @noindent
2887 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2888 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2889
2890 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2891 extra white space as you wish.
2892
2893 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2894 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2895
2896 @example
2897 @{@var{C statements}@}
2898 @end example
2899
2900 @noindent
2901 @cindex braced code
2902 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2903 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2904 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2905 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2906 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2907
2908 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2909 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2910 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2911 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2912 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2913 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2914 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2915 character constants.
2916
2917 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2918 @xref{Actions}.
2919
2920 @findex |
2921 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2922 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2923
2924 @example
2925 @group
2926 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2927 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2928 @dots{}
2929 ;
2930 @end group
2931 @end example
2932
2933 @noindent
2934 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2935
2936 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2937 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2938 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2939
2940 @example
2941 @group
2942 expseq: /* empty */
2943 | expseq1
2944 ;
2945 @end group
2946
2947 @group
2948 expseq1: exp
2949 | expseq1 ',' exp
2950 ;
2951 @end group
2952 @end example
2953
2954 @noindent
2955 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2956 with no components.
2957
2958 @node Recursion
2959 @section Recursive Rules
2960 @cindex recursive rule
2961
2962 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2963 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2964 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2965 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2966 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2967
2968 @example
2969 @group
2970 expseq1: exp
2971 | expseq1 ',' exp
2972 ;
2973 @end group
2974 @end example
2975
2976 @cindex left recursion
2977 @cindex right recursion
2978 @noindent
2979 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2980 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2981 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2982
2983 @example
2984 @group
2985 expseq1: exp
2986 | exp ',' expseq1
2987 ;
2988 @end group
2989 @end example
2990
2991 @noindent
2992 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2993 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2994 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2995 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2996 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2997 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2998 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2999 of this.
3000
3001 @cindex mutual recursion
3002 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3003 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3004 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3005 side.
3006
3007 For example:
3008
3009 @example
3010 @group
3011 expr: primary
3012 | primary '+' primary
3013 ;
3014 @end group
3015
3016 @group
3017 primary: constant
3018 | '(' expr ')'
3019 ;
3020 @end group
3021 @end example
3022
3023 @noindent
3024 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3025 other.
3026
3027 @node Semantics
3028 @section Defining Language Semantics
3029 @cindex defining language semantics
3030 @cindex language semantics, defining
3031
3032 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3033 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3034 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3035
3036 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3037 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3038 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3039 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3040
3041 @menu
3042 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3043 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3044 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3045 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3046 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3047 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3048 action in the middle of a rule.
3049 @end menu
3050
3051 @node Value Type
3052 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3053 @cindex semantic value type
3054 @cindex value type, semantic
3055 @cindex data types of semantic values
3056 @cindex default data type
3057
3058 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3059 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3060 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3061 Notation Calculator}).
3062
3063 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3064 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3065
3066 @example
3067 #define YYSTYPE double
3068 @end example
3069
3070 @noindent
3071 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3072 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3073
3074 @node Multiple Types
3075 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3076
3077 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3078 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3079 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3080 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3081 symbol table.
3082
3083 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3084 requires you to do two things:
3085
3086 @itemize @bullet
3087 @item
3088 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3089 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3090 Value Types}).
3091
3092 @item
3093 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3094 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3095 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3096 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3097 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3098 @end itemize
3099
3100 @node Actions
3101 @subsection Actions
3102 @cindex action
3103 @vindex $$
3104 @vindex $@var{n}
3105
3106 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3107 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3108 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3109 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3110
3111 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3112 placed at any position in the rule;
3113 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3114 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3115 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3116 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3117
3118 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3119 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3120 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3121 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3122 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3123 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3124 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3125
3126 Here is a typical example:
3127
3128 @example
3129 @group
3130 exp: @dots{}
3131 | exp '+' exp
3132 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3133 @end group
3134 @end example
3135
3136 @noindent
3137 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3138 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3139 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3140 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3141 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3142 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3143 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3144 referred to as @code{$2}.
3145
3146 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3147 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3148 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3149 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3150 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3151
3152 @example
3153 @group
3154 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3155 @end group
3156 @end example
3157
3158 @cindex default action
3159 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3160 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3161 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3162 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3163 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3164 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3165
3166 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3167 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3168 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3169 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3170 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3171
3172 @example
3173 @group
3174 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3175 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3176 ;
3177 @end group
3178
3179 @group
3180 bar: /* empty */
3181 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3182 ;
3183 @end group
3184 @end example
3185
3186 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3187 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3188 definition of @code{foo}.
3189
3190 @vindex yylval
3191 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if
3192 any, from a semantic action.
3193 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3194 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3195
3196 @node Action Types
3197 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3198 @cindex action data types
3199 @cindex data types in actions
3200
3201 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3202 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3203
3204 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3205 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3206 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3207 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3208 in the rule. In this example,
3209
3210 @example
3211 @group
3212 exp: @dots{}
3213 | exp '+' exp
3214 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3215 @end group
3216 @end example
3217
3218 @noindent
3219 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3220 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3221 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3222 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3223
3224 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3225 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3226 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3227
3228 @example
3229 @group
3230 %union @{
3231 int itype;
3232 double dtype;
3233 @}
3234 @end group
3235 @end example
3236
3237 @noindent
3238 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3239 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3240
3241 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3242 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3243 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3244 @cindex mid-rule actions
3245
3246 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3247 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3248 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3249
3250 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3251 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3252 it is run before they are parsed.
3253
3254 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3255 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3256 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3257 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3258 @code{$@var{n}}.
3259
3260 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3261 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3262 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3263 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3264 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3265 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3266
3267 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3268 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3269 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3270 at the end of the rule.
3271
3272 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3273 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3274 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3275 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3276 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3277 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3278
3279 @example
3280 @group
3281 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3282 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3283 declare_variable ($3); @}
3284 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3285 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3286 @end group
3287 @end example
3288
3289 @noindent
3290 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3291 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3292 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3293 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3294 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3295 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3296 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3297 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3298
3299 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3300 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3301 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3302 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3303 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3304
3305 @findex %destructor
3306 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3307 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3308 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3309 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3310 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3311 restoring it.
3312 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3313 Discarded Symbols}).
3314 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3315 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3316
3317 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3318 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3319
3320 @example
3321 @group
3322 %type <context> let
3323 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3324
3325 %%
3326
3327 stmt: let stmt
3328 @{ $$ = $2;
3329 pop_context ($1); @}
3330 ;
3331
3332 let: LET '(' var ')'
3333 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3334 declare_variable ($3); @}
3335 ;
3336
3337 @end group
3338 @end example
3339
3340 @noindent
3341 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3342 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3343 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3344
3345 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3346 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3347 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3348 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3349 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3350 declaration or not:
3351
3352 @example
3353 @group
3354 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3355 | '@{' statements '@}'
3356 ;
3357 @end group
3358 @end example
3359
3360 @noindent
3361 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3362
3363 @example
3364 @group
3365 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3366 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3367 @end group
3368 @group
3369 | '@{' statements '@}'
3370 ;
3371 @end group
3372 @end example
3373
3374 @noindent
3375 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3376 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3377 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3378 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3379 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3380 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3381
3382 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3383 actions into the two rules, like this:
3384
3385 @example
3386 @group
3387 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3388 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3389 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3390 '@{' statements '@}'
3391 ;
3392 @end group
3393 @end example
3394
3395 @noindent
3396 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3397 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3398
3399 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3400 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3401 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3402
3403 @example
3404 @group
3405 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3406 declarations statements '@}'
3407 | '@{' statements '@}'
3408 ;
3409 @end group
3410 @end example
3411
3412 @noindent
3413 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3414 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3415
3416 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3417 serves as a subroutine:
3418
3419 @example
3420 @group
3421 subroutine: /* empty */
3422 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3423 ;
3424
3425 @end group
3426
3427 @group
3428 compound: subroutine
3429 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3430 | subroutine
3431 '@{' statements '@}'
3432 ;
3433 @end group
3434 @end example
3435
3436 @noindent
3437 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3438 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3439
3440 @node Locations
3441 @section Tracking Locations
3442 @cindex location
3443 @cindex textual location
3444 @cindex location, textual
3445
3446 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3447 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3448 especially symbol locations.
3449
3450 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3451 actions to take when rules are matched.
3452
3453 @menu
3454 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3455 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3456 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3457 @end menu
3458
3459 @node Location Type
3460 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3461 @cindex data type of locations
3462 @cindex default location type
3463
3464 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3465 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3466
3467 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3468 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3469 four members:
3470
3471 @example
3472 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3473 @{
3474 int first_line;
3475 int first_column;
3476 int last_line;
3477 int last_column;
3478 @} YYLTYPE;
3479 @end example
3480
3481 @node Actions and Locations
3482 @subsection Actions and Locations
3483 @cindex location actions
3484 @cindex actions, location
3485 @vindex @@$
3486 @vindex @@@var{n}
3487
3488 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3489 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3490
3491 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3492 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3493 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3494 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3495 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3496 @code{@@$}.
3497
3498 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3499
3500 @example
3501 @group
3502 exp: @dots{}
3503 | exp '/' exp
3504 @{
3505 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3506 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3507 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3508 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3509 if ($3)
3510 $$ = $1 / $3;
3511 else
3512 @{
3513 $$ = 1;
3514 fprintf (stderr,
3515 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3516 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3517 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3518 @}
3519 @}
3520 @end group
3521 @end example
3522
3523 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3524 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3525 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3526 last symbol.
3527
3528 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3529 example above simply rewrites this way:
3530
3531 @example
3532 @group
3533 exp: @dots{}
3534 | exp '/' exp
3535 @{
3536 if ($3)
3537 $$ = $1 / $3;
3538 else
3539 @{
3540 $$ = 1;
3541 fprintf (stderr,
3542 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3543 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3544 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3545 @}
3546 @}
3547 @end group
3548 @end example
3549
3550 @vindex yylloc
3551 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any,
3552 from a semantic action.
3553 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3554 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3555
3556 @node Location Default Action
3557 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3558 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3559 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3560
3561 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3562 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3563 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3564 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3565 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3566 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3567 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3568 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3569 of that ambiguity.
3570
3571 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3572 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3573
3574 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3575 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3576 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3577 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3578 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3579 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3580 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3581 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3582 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3583 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3584
3585 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3586
3587 @smallexample
3588 @group
3589 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3590 do \
3591 if (N) \
3592 @{ \
3593 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3594 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3595 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3596 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3597 @} \
3598 else \
3599 @{ \
3600 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3601 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3602 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3603 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3604 @} \
3605 while (0)
3606 @end group
3607 @end smallexample
3608
3609 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3610 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3611 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3612
3613 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3614
3615 @itemize @bullet
3616 @item
3617 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3618 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3619
3620 @item
3621 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3622 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3623 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3624 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3625
3626 @item
3627 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3628 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3629 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3630 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3631 @end itemize
3632
3633 @node Declarations
3634 @section Bison Declarations
3635 @cindex declarations, Bison
3636 @cindex Bison declarations
3637
3638 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3639 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3640 @xref{Symbols}.
3641
3642 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3643 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3644 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3645 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3646
3647 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3648 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3649 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3650 Grammars}).
3651
3652 @menu
3653 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3654 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3655 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3656 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3657 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3658 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3659 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3660 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3661 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3662 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3663 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3664 @end menu
3665
3666 @node Require Decl
3667 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3668 @cindex version requirement
3669 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3670 @findex %require
3671
3672 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3673 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3674 status 63).
3675
3676 @example
3677 %require "@var{version}"
3678 @end example
3679
3680 @node Token Decl
3681 @subsection Token Type Names
3682 @cindex declaring token type names
3683 @cindex token type names, declaring
3684 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3685 @findex %token
3686
3687 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3688
3689 @example
3690 %token @var{name}
3691 @end example
3692
3693 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3694 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3695 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3696
3697 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3698 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3699 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3700 Precedence}.
3701
3702 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3703 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3704 following the token name:
3705
3706 @example
3707 %token NUM 300
3708 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3709 @end example
3710
3711 @noindent
3712 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3713 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3714 with each other or with normal characters.
3715
3716 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3717 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3718 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3719 Than One Value Type}).
3720
3721 For example:
3722
3723 @example
3724 @group
3725 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3726 double val;
3727 symrec *tptr;
3728 @}
3729 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3730 @end group
3731 @end example
3732
3733 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3734 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3735 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3736
3737 @example
3738 %token arrow "=>"
3739 @end example
3740
3741 @noindent
3742 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3743 equivalent literal string tokens:
3744
3745 @example
3746 %token <operator> OR "||"
3747 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3748 %left OR "<="
3749 @end example
3750
3751 @noindent
3752 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3753 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3754 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3755 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3756
3757 @node Precedence Decl
3758 @subsection Operator Precedence
3759 @cindex precedence declarations
3760 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3761 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3762
3763 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3764 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3765 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3766 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3767 operator precedence.
3768
3769 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3770 @code{%token}: either
3771
3772 @example
3773 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3774 @end example
3775
3776 @noindent
3777 or
3778
3779 @example
3780 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3781 @end example
3782
3783 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3784 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3785 all the @var{symbols}:
3786
3787 @itemize @bullet
3788 @item
3789 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3790 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3791 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3792 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3793 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3794 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3795 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3796 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3797 considered a syntax error.
3798
3799 @item
3800 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3801 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3802 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3803 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3804 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3805 @end itemize
3806
3807 @node Union Decl
3808 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3809 @cindex declaring value types
3810 @cindex value types, declaring
3811 @findex %union
3812
3813 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3814 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3815 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3816 @code{union} in C@.
3817
3818 For example:
3819
3820 @example
3821 @group
3822 %union @{
3823 double val;
3824 symrec *tptr;
3825 @}
3826 @end group
3827 @end example
3828
3829 @noindent
3830 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3831 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3832 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3833 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3834
3835 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3836 @code{union}. For example:
3837
3838 @example
3839 @group
3840 %union value @{
3841 double val;
3842 symrec *tptr;
3843 @}
3844 @end group
3845 @end example
3846
3847 @noindent
3848 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3849 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3850 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3851
3852 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3853 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3854 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3855
3856 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3857 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3858
3859 @node Type Decl
3860 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3861 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3862 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3863 @findex %type
3864
3865 @noindent
3866 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3867 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3868 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3869
3870 @example
3871 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3872 @end example
3873
3874 @noindent
3875 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3876 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3877 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3878 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3879 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3880 the symbol names.
3881
3882 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3883 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3884 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3885 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3886
3887 @node Initial Action Decl
3888 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3889 @findex %initial-action
3890
3891 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3892 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3893 code.
3894
3895 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3896 @findex %initial-action
3897 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3898 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3899 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3900 @code{%parse-param}.
3901 @end deffn
3902
3903 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3904
3905 @example
3906 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3907 %initial-action
3908 @{
3909 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3910 @};
3911 @end example
3912
3913
3914 @node Destructor Decl
3915 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3916 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3917 @findex %destructor
3918
3919 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3920 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3921 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3922 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3923 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3924 must discard the start symbol.
3925
3926 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3927 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3928 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3929 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3930
3931 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3932 symbol is automatically discarded.
3933
3934 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3935 @findex %destructor
3936 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3937 @var{symbols}.
3938 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3939 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3940 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3941 @code{yyparse}}).
3942 @end deffn
3943
3944 For instance:
3945
3946 @smallexample
3947 %union
3948 @{
3949 char *string;
3950 @}
3951 %token <string> STRING
3952 %type <string> string
3953 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3954 @end smallexample
3955
3956 @noindent
3957 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3958 its associated memory will be freed.
3959
3960 @sp 1
3961
3962 @cindex discarded symbols
3963 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3964
3965 @itemize
3966 @item
3967 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3968 @item
3969 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3970 @item
3971 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3972 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3973 @item
3974 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3975 @end itemize
3976
3977 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
3978 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
3979 exhaustion.
3980
3981 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
3982 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
3983 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
3984 the memory.
3985
3986 @node Expect Decl
3987 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3988 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3989 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3990 @cindex warnings, preventing
3991 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3992 @findex %expect
3993 @findex %expect-rr
3994
3995 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3996 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3997 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3998 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3999 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4000 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4001
4002 The declaration looks like this:
4003
4004 @example
4005 %expect @var{n}
4006 @end example
4007
4008 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4009 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4010 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4011 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4012
4013 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4014 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4015 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4016 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4017 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4018 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4019 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4020
4021 @example
4022 %expect-rr @var{n}
4023 @end example
4024
4025 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4026
4027 @itemize @bullet
4028 @item
4029 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4030 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4031 print the number of conflicts.
4032
4033 @item
4034 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4035 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4036 go back to the beginning.
4037
4038 @item
4039 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4040 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4041 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4042 @end itemize
4043
4044 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4045 will keep silent otherwise.
4046
4047 @node Start Decl
4048 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4049 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4050 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4051 @cindex default start symbol
4052 @findex %start
4053
4054 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4055 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4056 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4057
4058 @example
4059 %start @var{symbol}
4060 @end example
4061
4062 @node Pure Decl
4063 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4064 @cindex reentrant parser
4065 @cindex pure parser
4066 @findex %pure-parser
4067
4068 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4069 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4070 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4071 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4072 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4073 program must be called only within interlocks.
4074
4075 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4076 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4077 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4078 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4079 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4080
4081 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4082 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4083 reentrant. It looks like this:
4084
4085 @example
4086 %pure-parser
4087 @end example
4088
4089 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4090 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4091 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4092 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4093 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4094 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4095 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4096 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4097
4098 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4099 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4100 valid grammar.
4101
4102 @node Decl Summary
4103 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4104 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4105 @cindex declaration summary
4106 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4107
4108 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4109
4110 @deffn {Directive} %union
4111 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4112 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4113 @end deffn
4114
4115 @deffn {Directive} %token
4116 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4117 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4118 @end deffn
4119
4120 @deffn {Directive} %right
4121 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4122 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4123 @end deffn
4124
4125 @deffn {Directive} %left
4126 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4127 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4128 @end deffn
4129
4130 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4131 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4132 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4133 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4134 @end deffn
4135
4136 @ifset defaultprec
4137 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4138 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4139 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4140 @end deffn
4141 @end ifset
4142
4143 @deffn {Directive} %type
4144 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4145 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4146 @end deffn
4147
4148 @deffn {Directive} %start
4149 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4150 Start-Symbol}).
4151 @end deffn
4152
4153 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4154 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4155 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4156 @end deffn
4157
4158
4159 @sp 1
4160 @noindent
4161 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4162 directives:
4163
4164 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4165 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4166 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4167 @end deffn
4168 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4169
4170 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4171 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4172 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4173 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4174 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4175
4176 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4177 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4178 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4179 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4180 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4181 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4182 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4183 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4184
4185 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4186 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4187 Parser}.
4188
4189 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4190 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4191 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4192 Locations}.
4193
4194 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4195 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4196 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4197 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4198 Tokens}.
4199 @end deffn
4200
4201 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4202 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4203 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4204 @end deffn
4205
4206 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4207 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4208 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4209 @end deffn
4210
4211 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4212 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4213 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4214 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4215 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4216 accurate syntax error messages.
4217 @end deffn
4218
4219 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4220 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4221 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4222 in C parsers
4223 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4224 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4225 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4226 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4227 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4228 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4229 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4230 @end deffn
4231
4232 @ifset defaultprec
4233 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4234 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4235 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4236 Precedence}).
4237 @end deffn
4238 @end ifset
4239
4240 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4241 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4242 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4243 declarations.
4244
4245 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4246 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4247 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4248 @end deffn
4249
4250 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4251 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4252 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4253 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4254 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4255 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4256 file in its own right.
4257 @end deffn
4258
4259 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4260 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4261 @end deffn
4262
4263 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4264 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4265 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4266 @end deffn
4267
4268 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4269 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4270 Require a Version of Bison}.
4271 @end deffn
4272
4273 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4274 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4275 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4276 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4277 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4278 @code{"$end"},
4279 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4280 defined in the grammar file.
4281
4282 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4283 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4284 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4285 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4286 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4287 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4288 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4289 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4290
4291 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4292 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4293 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4294
4295 @table @code
4296 @item YYNTOKENS
4297 The highest token number, plus one.
4298 @item YYNNTS
4299 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4300 @item YYNRULES
4301 The number of grammar rules,
4302 @item YYNSTATES
4303 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4304 @end table
4305 @end deffn
4306
4307 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4308 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4309 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4310 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4311 information.
4312 @end deffn
4313
4314 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4315 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4316 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4317 @end deffn
4318
4319
4320 @node Multiple Parsers
4321 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4322
4323 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4324 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4325 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4326 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4327
4328 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4329 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4330 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4331 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4332 names that do not conflict.
4333
4334 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4335 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4336 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4337 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4338
4339 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4340 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4341 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4342 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4343 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4344
4345 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4346 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4347 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4348 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4349
4350 @node Interface
4351 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4352 @cindex C-language interface
4353 @cindex interface
4354
4355 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4356 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4357 functions that it needs to use.
4358
4359 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4360 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4361 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4362 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4363
4364 @menu
4365 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4366 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4367 which reads tokens.
4368 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4369 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4370 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4371 native language.
4372 @end menu
4373
4374 @node Parser Function
4375 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4376 @findex yyparse
4377
4378 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4379 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4380 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4381 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4382 without reading further.
4383
4384
4385 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4386 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4387 is due to end-of-input).
4388
4389 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4390 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4391 invoked.
4392
4393 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4394 @end deftypefun
4395
4396 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4397 these macros:
4398
4399 @defmac YYACCEPT
4400 @findex YYACCEPT
4401 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4402 @end defmac
4403
4404 @defmac YYABORT
4405 @findex YYABORT
4406 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4407 @end defmac
4408
4409 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4410 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4411 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4412
4413 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4414 @findex %parse-param
4415 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4416 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4417 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4418 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4419 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4420 @end deffn
4421
4422 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4423
4424 @example
4425 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4426 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4427 @end example
4428
4429 @noindent
4430 Then call the parser like this:
4431
4432 @example
4433 @{
4434 int nastiness, randomness;
4435 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4436 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4437 @dots{}
4438 @}
4439 @end example
4440
4441 @noindent
4442 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4443
4444 @example
4445 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4446 @end example
4447
4448
4449 @node Lexical
4450 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4451 @findex yylex
4452 @cindex lexical analyzer
4453
4454 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4455 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4456 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4457 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4458
4459 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4460 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4461 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4462 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4463 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4464 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4465 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4466
4467 @menu
4468 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4469 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4470 of the token it has read.
4471 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4472 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4473 actions want that.
4474 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4475 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4476 @end menu
4477
4478 @node Calling Convention
4479 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4480
4481 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4482 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4483 signifies end-of-input.
4484
4485 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4486 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4487 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4488 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4489
4490 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4491 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4492 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4493 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4494 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4495 signifies end-of-input.
4496
4497 Here is an example showing these things:
4498
4499 @example
4500 int
4501 yylex (void)
4502 @{
4503 @dots{}
4504 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4505 return 0;
4506 @dots{}
4507 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4508 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4509 @dots{}
4510 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4511 @dots{}
4512 @}
4513 @end example
4514
4515 @noindent
4516 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4517 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4518
4519 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4520 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4521
4522 @itemize @bullet
4523 @item
4524 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4525 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4526 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4527 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4528
4529 @item
4530 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4531 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4532 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4533 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4534 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4535 to Bison.
4536
4537 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4538 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4539 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4540 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4541
4542 @smallexample
4543 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4544 @{
4545 if (yytname[i] != 0
4546 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4547 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4548 strlen (token_buffer))
4549 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4550 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4551 break;
4552 @}
4553 @end smallexample
4554
4555 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4556 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4557 @end itemize
4558
4559 @node Token Values
4560 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4561
4562 @vindex yylval
4563 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4564 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4565 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4566 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4567 @code{yylex}:
4568
4569 @example
4570 @group
4571 @dots{}
4572 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4573 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4574 @dots{}
4575 @end group
4576 @end example
4577
4578 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4579 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4580 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4581 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4582 declaration looks like this:
4583
4584 @example
4585 @group
4586 %union @{
4587 int intval;
4588 double val;
4589 symrec *tptr;
4590 @}
4591 @end group
4592 @end example
4593
4594 @noindent
4595 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4596
4597 @example
4598 @group
4599 @dots{}
4600 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4601 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4602 @dots{}
4603 @end group
4604 @end example
4605
4606 @node Token Locations
4607 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4608
4609 @vindex yylloc
4610 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4611 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4612 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4613 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4614 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4615 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4616
4617 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4618 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4619 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4620 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4621 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4622
4623 @tindex YYLTYPE
4624 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4625
4626 @node Pure Calling
4627 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4628
4629 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4630 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4631 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4632 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4633 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4634 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4635 pointers.
4636
4637 @example
4638 int
4639 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4640 @{
4641 @dots{}
4642 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4643 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4644 @dots{}
4645 @}
4646 @end example
4647
4648 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4649 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4650 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4651 only one argument.
4652
4653
4654 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4655 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4656 Function}).
4657
4658 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4659 @findex %lex-param
4660 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4661 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4662 @end deffn
4663
4664 For instance:
4665
4666 @example
4667 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4668 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4669 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4670 @end example
4671
4672 @noindent
4673 results in the following signature:
4674
4675 @example
4676 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4677 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4678 @end example
4679
4680 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4681
4682 @example
4683 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4684 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4685 @end example
4686
4687 @noindent
4688 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4689
4690 @example
4691 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4692 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4693 @end example
4694
4695 @node Error Reporting
4696 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4697 @cindex error reporting function
4698 @findex yyerror
4699 @cindex parse error
4700 @cindex syntax error
4701
4702 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4703 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4704 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4705 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4706 in Actions}).
4707
4708 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4709 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4710 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4711 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4712 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4713
4714 @findex %error-verbose
4715 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4716 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4717 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4718 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4719
4720 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4721 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4722 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4723 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4724 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4725 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4726
4727 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4728 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4729 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4730
4731 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4732
4733 @example
4734 @group
4735 void
4736 yyerror (char const *s)
4737 @{
4738 @end group
4739 @group
4740 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4741 @}
4742 @end group
4743 @end example
4744
4745 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4746 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4747 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4748 immediately return 1.
4749
4750 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4751 an access to the current location.
4752 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4753 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4754 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4755 @code{yyerror} are:
4756
4757 @example
4758 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4759 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4760 @end example
4761
4762 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4763
4764 @example
4765 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4766 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4767 @end example
4768
4769 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4770 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4771 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4772 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4773
4774 @example
4775 /* Location tracking. */
4776 %locations
4777 /* Pure yylex. */
4778 %pure-parser
4779 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4780 /* Pure yyparse. */
4781 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4782 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4783 @end example
4784
4785 @noindent
4786 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4787
4788 @example
4789 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4790 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4791 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4792 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4793 char const *msg);
4794 @end example
4795
4796 @noindent
4797 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4798 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4799 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4800 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4801 message is always passed last.
4802
4803 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4804 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4805 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4806 @code{yyerror}.
4807
4808 @vindex yynerrs
4809 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4810 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4811 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4812 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4813
4814 @node Action Features
4815 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4816 @cindex summary, action features
4817 @cindex action features summary
4818
4819 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4820 are useful in actions.
4821
4822 @deffn {Variable} $$
4823 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4824 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4825 @end deffn
4826
4827 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4828 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4829 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4833 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4834 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4835 Types of Values in Actions}.
4836 @end deffn
4837
4838 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4839 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4840 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4841 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4842 @end deffn
4843
4844 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4845 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4846 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4847 @end deffn
4848
4849 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4850 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4851 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4852 @end deffn
4853
4854 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4855 @findex YYBACKUP
4856 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4857 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4858 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4859 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4860 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4861 going to be reduced by this rule.
4862
4863 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4864 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4865 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4866 recovery.
4867
4868 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4872 @vindex YYEMPTY
4873 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4874 @end deffn
4875
4876 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4877 @vindex YYEOF
4878 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input
4879 stream.
4880 @end deffn
4881
4882 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4883 @findex YYERROR
4884 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4885 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4886 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4887 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4888 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4889 @end deffn
4890
4891 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4892 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4893 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4894 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4895 @end deffn
4896
4897 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4898 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4899 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead
4900 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4901 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4902 Actions}).
4903 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4904 @end deffn
4905
4906 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4907 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4908 error rules.
4909 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4910 Semantic Actions}).
4911 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4912 @end deffn
4913
4914 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4915 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4916 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4917 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4918 @end deffn
4919
4920 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4921 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4922 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4923 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4924 Actions}).
4925 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4926 @end deffn
4927
4928 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4929 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4930 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4931 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4932 Actions}).
4933 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4934 @end deffn
4935
4936 @deffn {Value} @@$
4937 @findex @@$
4938 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4939 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4940 Tracking Locations}.
4941
4942 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4943
4944 @c @example
4945 @c struct @{
4946 @c int first_line, last_line;
4947 @c int first_column, last_column;
4948 @c @};
4949 @c @end example
4950
4951 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4952 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4953
4954 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4955 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4956 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4957 @c those members.
4958
4959 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4960 @end deffn
4961
4962 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4963 @findex @@@var{n}
4964 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4965 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4966 Tracking Locations}.
4967 @end deffn
4968
4969 @node Internationalization
4970 @section Parser Internationalization
4971 @cindex internationalization
4972 @cindex i18n
4973 @cindex NLS
4974 @cindex gettext
4975 @cindex bison-po
4976
4977 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4978 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4979 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
4980 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
4981 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
4982 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
4983 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4984 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4985 installation.
4986
4987 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4988 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4989 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4990 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4991
4992 @enumerate
4993 @item
4994 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4995 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4996 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4997 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4998 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4999 For example:
5000
5001 @example
5002 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5003 @end example
5004
5005 @item
5006 @findex BISON_I18N
5007 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5008 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5009 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5010 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5011 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5012 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5013 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5014 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5015 Bison-generated parser.
5016
5017 @item
5018 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5019 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5020 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5021 For example:
5022
5023 @example
5024 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5025 @end example
5026
5027 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5028 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5029 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5030 @file{Makefile}.
5031
5032 @item
5033 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5034 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5035 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5036
5037 @example
5038 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5039 @end example
5040
5041 or:
5042
5043 @example
5044 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5045 @end example
5046
5047 @item
5048 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5049 infrastructure.
5050 @end enumerate
5051
5052
5053 @node Algorithm
5054 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5055 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5056 @cindex algorithm of parser
5057 @cindex shifting
5058 @cindex reduction
5059 @cindex parser stack
5060 @cindex stack, parser
5061
5062 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5063 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5064 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5065
5066 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5067 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5068 that was shifted.
5069
5070 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5071 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5072 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5073 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5074 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5075 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5076 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5077
5078 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5079
5080 @example
5081 1 + 5 * 3
5082 @end example
5083
5084 @noindent
5085 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5086 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5087
5088 @example
5089 expr: expr '*' expr;
5090 @end example
5091
5092 @noindent
5093 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5094
5095 @example
5096 1 + 15
5097 @end example
5098
5099 @noindent
5100 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5101 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5102
5103 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5104 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5105 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5106
5107 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5108
5109 @menu
5110 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5111 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5112 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5113 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5114 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5115 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5116 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5117 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5118 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5119 @end menu
5120
5121 @node Look-Ahead
5122 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
5123 @cindex look-ahead token
5124
5125 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5126 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5127 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5128 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5129 token in order to decide what to do.
5130
5131 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5132 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5133 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5134 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5135 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5136 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5137 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5138 application.
5139
5140 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5141 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5142 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5143
5144 @example
5145 @group
5146 expr: term '+' expr
5147 | term
5148 ;
5149 @end group
5150
5151 @group
5152 term: '(' expr ')'
5153 | term '!'
5154 | NUMBER
5155 ;
5156 @end group
5157 @end example
5158
5159 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5160 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5161 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5162 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5163 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5164
5165 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5166 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5167 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5168 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5169 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5170 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5171
5172 @vindex yychar
5173 @vindex yylval
5174 @vindex yylloc
5175 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5176 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5177 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5178 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5179
5180 @node Shift/Reduce
5181 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5182 @cindex conflicts
5183 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5184 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5185 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5186
5187 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5188 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5189
5190 @example
5191 @group
5192 if_stmt:
5193 IF expr THEN stmt
5194 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5195 ;
5196 @end group
5197 @end example
5198
5199 @noindent
5200 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5201 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5202
5203 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5204 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5205 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5206 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5207 rule.
5208
5209 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5210 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5211 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5212 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5213 contrast it with the other alternative.
5214
5215 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5216 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5217 equivalent:
5218
5219 @example
5220 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5221
5222 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5223 @end example
5224
5225 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5226 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5227 making these two inputs equivalent:
5228
5229 @example
5230 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5231
5232 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5233 @end example
5234
5235 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5236 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5237 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5238 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5239 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5240 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5241 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5242 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5243
5244 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5245 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5246 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5247 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5248
5249 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5250 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5251 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5252 conflict:
5253
5254 @example
5255 @group
5256 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5257 %%
5258 @end group
5259 @group
5260 stmt: expr
5261 | if_stmt
5262 ;
5263 @end group
5264
5265 @group
5266 if_stmt:
5267 IF expr THEN stmt
5268 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5269 ;
5270 @end group
5271
5272 expr: variable
5273 ;
5274 @end example
5275
5276 @node Precedence
5277 @section Operator Precedence
5278 @cindex operator precedence
5279 @cindex precedence of operators
5280
5281 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5282 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5283 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5284 shift and when to reduce.
5285
5286 @menu
5287 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5288 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5289 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5290 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5291 @end menu
5292
5293 @node Why Precedence
5294 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5295
5296 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5297 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5298
5299 @example
5300 @group
5301 expr: expr '-' expr
5302 | expr '*' expr
5303 | expr '<' expr
5304 | '(' expr ')'
5305 @dots{}
5306 ;
5307 @end group
5308 @end example
5309
5310 @noindent
5311 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5312 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5313 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5314 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5315 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5316 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5317 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5318 different results.
5319
5320 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5321 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5322 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5323 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5324 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5325 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5326 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5327 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5328 @samp{<}.
5329
5330 @cindex associativity
5331 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5332 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5333 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5334 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5335 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5336 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5337 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5338 makes right-associativity.
5339
5340 @node Using Precedence
5341 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5342 @findex %left
5343 @findex %right
5344 @findex %nonassoc
5345
5346 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5347 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5348 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5349 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5350 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5351 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5352 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5353 row''.
5354
5355 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5356 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5357 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5358 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5359 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5360
5361 @node Precedence Examples
5362 @subsection Precedence Examples
5363
5364 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5365
5366 @example
5367 %left '<'
5368 %left '-'
5369 %left '*'
5370 @end example
5371
5372 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5373 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5374 declared with @code{'-'}:
5375
5376 @example
5377 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5378 %left '+' '-'
5379 %left '*' '/'
5380 @end example
5381
5382 @noindent
5383 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5384 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5385 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5386
5387 @node How Precedence
5388 @subsection How Precedence Works
5389
5390 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5391 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5392 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5393 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5394 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5395 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5396
5397 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5398 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5399 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5400 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5401 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5402 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5403 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5404 resolved.
5405
5406 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5407 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5408
5409 @node Contextual Precedence
5410 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5411 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5412 @cindex unary operator precedence
5413 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5414 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5415 @findex %prec
5416
5417 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5418 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5419 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5420 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5421
5422 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5423 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5424 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5425 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5426 modifier for rules.
5427
5428 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5429 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5430 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5431 modifier's syntax is:
5432
5433 @example
5434 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5435 @end example
5436
5437 @noindent
5438 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5439 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5440 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5441 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5442 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5443
5444 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5445 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5446 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5447 precedence:
5448
5449 @example
5450 @dots{}
5451 %left '+' '-'
5452 %left '*'
5453 %left UMINUS
5454 @end example
5455
5456 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5457
5458 @example
5459 @group
5460 exp: @dots{}
5461 | exp '-' exp
5462 @dots{}
5463 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5464 @end group
5465 @end example
5466
5467 @ifset defaultprec
5468 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5469 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5470 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5471 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5472
5473 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5474 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5475 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5476 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5477
5478 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5479 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5480 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5481 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5482 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5483 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5484
5485 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5486 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5487 @end ifset
5488
5489 @node Parser States
5490 @section Parser States
5491 @cindex finite-state machine
5492 @cindex parser state
5493 @cindex state (of parser)
5494
5495 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5496 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5497 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5498 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5499 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5500
5501 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5502 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5503 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5504 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5505 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5506 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5507 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5508 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5509 pushed.
5510
5511 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5512 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5513 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5514
5515 @node Reduce/Reduce
5516 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5517 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5518 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5519
5520 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5521 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5522 in the grammar.
5523
5524 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5525 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5526
5527 @example
5528 sequence: /* empty */
5529 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5530 | maybeword
5531 | sequence word
5532 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5533 ;
5534
5535 maybeword: /* empty */
5536 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5537 | word
5538 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5539 ;
5540 @end example
5541
5542 @noindent
5543 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5544 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5545 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5546 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5547 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5548 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5549
5550 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5551 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5552 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5553
5554 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5555 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5556 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5557 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5558 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5559
5560 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5561 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5562 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5563 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5564
5565 @example
5566 sequence: /* empty */
5567 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5568 | sequence word
5569 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5570 ;
5571 @end example
5572
5573 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5574
5575 @example
5576 sequence: /* empty */
5577 | sequence words
5578 | sequence redirects
5579 ;
5580
5581 words: /* empty */
5582 | words word
5583 ;
5584
5585 redirects:/* empty */
5586 | redirects redirect
5587 ;
5588 @end example
5589
5590 @noindent
5591 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5592 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5593 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5594 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5595 in infinitely many ways!
5596
5597 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5598 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5599 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5600 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5601
5602 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5603 of sequence:
5604
5605 @example
5606 sequence: /* empty */
5607 | sequence word
5608 | sequence redirect
5609 ;
5610 @end example
5611
5612 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5613 from being empty:
5614
5615 @example
5616 sequence: /* empty */
5617 | sequence words
5618 | sequence redirects
5619 ;
5620
5621 words: word
5622 | words word
5623 ;
5624
5625 redirects:redirect
5626 | redirects redirect
5627 ;
5628 @end example
5629
5630 @node Mystery Conflicts
5631 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5632
5633 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5634 Here is an example:
5635
5636 @example
5637 @group
5638 %token ID
5639
5640 %%
5641 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5642 ;
5643 param_spec:
5644 type
5645 | name_list ':' type
5646 ;
5647 @end group
5648 @group
5649 return_spec:
5650 type
5651 | name ':' type
5652 ;
5653 @end group
5654 @group
5655 type: ID
5656 ;
5657 @end group
5658 @group
5659 name: ID
5660 ;
5661 name_list:
5662 name
5663 | name ',' name_list
5664 ;
5665 @end group
5666 @end example
5667
5668 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5669 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5670 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5671 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5672
5673 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5674 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5675 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5676 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5677 an @code{ID}
5678 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5679 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5680 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5681 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5682 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5683 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5684 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5685 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5686 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5687
5688 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5689 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5690 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5691 and tend to
5692 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5693 as it is now.
5694
5695 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5696 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5697 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5698 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5699
5700 @example
5701 @group
5702 %token BOGUS
5703 @dots{}
5704 %%
5705 @dots{}
5706 return_spec:
5707 type
5708 | name ':' type
5709 /* This rule is never used. */
5710 | ID BOGUS
5711 ;
5712 @end group
5713 @end example
5714
5715 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5716 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5717 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5718 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5719 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5720 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5721
5722 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5723 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5724 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5725 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5726 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5727 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5728
5729 @example
5730 param_spec:
5731 type
5732 | name_list ':' type
5733 ;
5734 return_spec:
5735 type
5736 | ID ':' type
5737 ;
5738 @end example
5739
5740 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5741 generators, please see:
5742 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5743 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5744 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5745 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5746
5747 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5748 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5749 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5750 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5751 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5752 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5753
5754 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5755 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5756 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5757 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5758 context-free languages.
5759 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5760 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5761 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5762 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5763 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5764 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5765 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5766 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5767
5768 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5769 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5770 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5771 parser uses the same basic
5772 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5773 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5774 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5775 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5776 situation, it
5777 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5778 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5779 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5780 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5781 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5782
5783 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5784 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5785 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5786 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5787 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5788 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5789 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5790 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5791 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5792 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5793 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5794 stream.
5795
5796 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5797 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5798 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5799 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5800 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5801 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5802 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5803 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5804 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5805 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5806 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5807 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5808
5809 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5810 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5811 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5812 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5813 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5814 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5815 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5816 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5817 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5818 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5819 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5820 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5821 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5822 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5823 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5824 Bison parser.
5825
5826 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5827 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5828 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5829 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5830 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5831 (2000-12-24).
5832
5833 @node Memory Management
5834 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5835 @cindex memory exhaustion
5836 @cindex memory management
5837 @cindex stack overflow
5838 @cindex parser stack overflow
5839 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5840
5841 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5842 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5843 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5844
5845 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5846 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5847 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5848
5849 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5850 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5851 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5852 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5853 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5854
5855 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5856 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5857 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5858 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5859 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5860 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5861
5862 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5863 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5864 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5865 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5866
5867 @cindex default stack limit
5868 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5869 10000.
5870
5871 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5872 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5873 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5874 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5875 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5876 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5877
5878 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5879
5880 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5881 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5882 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5883 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5884 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5885 this deficiency in a future release.
5886
5887 @node Error Recovery
5888 @chapter Error Recovery
5889 @cindex error recovery
5890 @cindex recovery from errors
5891
5892 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5893 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5894 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5895 another expression.
5896
5897 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5898 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5899 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5900 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5901 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5902 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5903 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5904
5905 @findex error
5906 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5907 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5908 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5909 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5910 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5911 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5912
5913 For example:
5914
5915 @example
5916 stmnts: /* empty string */
5917 | stmnts '\n'
5918 | stmnts exp '\n'
5919 | stmnts error '\n'
5920 @end example
5921
5922 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5923 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5924
5925 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5926 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5927 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5928 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5929 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5930 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5931 applicable in the ordinary way.
5932
5933 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5934 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5935 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5936 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5937 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5938 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5939 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5940 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5941 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5942 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5943 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5944 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5945
5946 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5947 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5948 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5949
5950 @example
5951 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5952 @end example
5953
5954 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5955 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5956 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5957 spurious error message:
5958
5959 @example
5960 primary: '(' expr ')'
5961 | '(' error ')'
5962 @dots{}
5963 ;
5964 @end example
5965
5966 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5967 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5968 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5969 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5970 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5971 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5972 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5973 @code{stmnt}.
5974
5975 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5976 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5977 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5978 error messages resume.
5979
5980 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5981 as any other rules can.
5982
5983 @findex yyerrok
5984 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5985 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5986 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5987 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5988
5989 @findex yyclearin
5990 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5991 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5992 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5993 action.
5994 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5995
5996 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5997 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5998 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5999 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
6000 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6001
6002 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6003 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
6004 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
6005 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
6006 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
6007
6008 @node Context Dependency
6009 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6010
6011 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6012 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6013 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6014 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6015 languages.
6016
6017 @menu
6018 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6019 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6020 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6021 error recovery rules must be written.
6022 @end menu
6023
6024 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6025 neither clean nor robust.)
6026
6027 @node Semantic Tokens
6028 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6029
6030 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6031 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6032
6033 @example
6034 foo (x);
6035 @end example
6036
6037 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6038 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6039 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6040
6041 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6042 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6043 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6044 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6045 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6046
6047 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6048 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6049 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6050 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6051 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6052 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6053 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6054
6055 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6056 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6057 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6058 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6059 earlier:
6060
6061 @example
6062 typedef int foo, bar;
6063 int baz (void)
6064 @{
6065 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6066 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6067 return foo (bar);
6068 @}
6069 @end example
6070
6071 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6072 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6073
6074 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6075 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6076 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6077 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6078 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6079
6080 @example
6081 initdcl:
6082 declarator maybeasm '='
6083 init
6084 | declarator maybeasm
6085 ;
6086
6087 notype_initdcl:
6088 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6089 init
6090 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6091 ;
6092 @end example
6093
6094 @noindent
6095 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6096 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6097 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6098
6099 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6100 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6101 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6102 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6103 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6104 the syntactic context.
6105
6106 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6107 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6108 @cindex lexical tie-in
6109
6110 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6111 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6112 parsed.
6113
6114 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6115 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6116 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6117 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6118 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6119
6120 @example
6121 @group
6122 %@{
6123 int hexflag;
6124 int yylex (void);
6125 void yyerror (char const *);
6126 %@}
6127 %%
6128 @dots{}
6129 @end group
6130 @group
6131 expr: IDENTIFIER
6132 | constant
6133 | HEX '('
6134 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6135 expr ')'
6136 @{ hexflag = 0;
6137 $$ = $4; @}
6138 | expr '+' expr
6139 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6140 @dots{}
6141 ;
6142 @end group
6143
6144 @group
6145 constant:
6146 INTEGER
6147 | STRING
6148 ;
6149 @end group
6150 @end example
6151
6152 @noindent
6153 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6154 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6155 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6156
6157 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6158 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6159 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6160
6161 @node Tie-in Recovery
6162 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6163
6164 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6165 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6166
6167 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6168 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6169 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6170 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6171
6172 @example
6173 stmt: expr ';'
6174 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6175 @dots{}
6176 error ';'
6177 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6178 ;
6179 @end example
6180
6181 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6182 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6183 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6184 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6185 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6186
6187 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6188
6189 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6190 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6191 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6192
6193 @example
6194 @group
6195 expr: @dots{}
6196 | '(' expr ')'
6197 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6198 | '(' error ')'
6199 @dots{}
6200 @end group
6201 @end example
6202
6203 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6204 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6205 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6206 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6207
6208 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6209 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6210 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6211 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6212 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6213 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6214 clear the flag.
6215
6216 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6217
6218 @node Debugging
6219 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6220
6221 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6222 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6223 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6224 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6225 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6226 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6227
6228 @menu
6229 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6230 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6231 @end menu
6232
6233 @node Understanding
6234 @section Understanding Your Parser
6235
6236 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6237 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6238 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6239 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6240 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6241 file).
6242
6243 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6244 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6245 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6246 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6247 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6248 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6249 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6250
6251 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6252
6253 @example
6254 %token NUM STR
6255 %left '+' '-'
6256 %left '*'
6257 %%
6258 exp: exp '+' exp
6259 | exp '-' exp
6260 | exp '*' exp
6261 | exp '/' exp
6262 | NUM
6263 ;
6264 useless: STR;
6265 %%
6266 @end example
6267
6268 @command{bison} reports:
6269
6270 @example
6271 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6272 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6273 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6274 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6275 @end example
6276
6277 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6278 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6279 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6280 interpretation is the same.
6281
6282 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6283 to precedence and/or associativity:
6284
6285 @example
6286 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6287 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6288 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6289 @exdent @dots{}
6290 @end example
6291
6292 @noindent
6293 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6294
6295 @example
6296 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6297 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6298 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6299 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6300 @end example
6301
6302 @noindent
6303 @cindex token, useless
6304 @cindex useless token
6305 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6306 @cindex useless nonterminal
6307 @cindex rule, useless
6308 @cindex useless rule
6309 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6310 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6311 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6312 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6313 below):
6314
6315 @example
6316 Useless nonterminals:
6317 useless
6318
6319 Terminals which are not used:
6320 STR
6321
6322 Useless rules:
6323 #6 useless: STR;
6324 @end example
6325
6326 @noindent
6327 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6328
6329 @example
6330 Grammar
6331
6332 Number, Line, Rule
6333 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6334 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6335 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6336 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6337 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6338 5 9 exp -> NUM
6339 @end example
6340
6341 @noindent
6342 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6343
6344 @example
6345 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6346
6347 $end (0) 0
6348 '*' (42) 3
6349 '+' (43) 1
6350 '-' (45) 2
6351 '/' (47) 4
6352 error (256)
6353 NUM (258) 5
6354
6355 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6356
6357 $accept (8)
6358 on left: 0
6359 exp (9)
6360 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6361 @end example
6362
6363 @noindent
6364 @cindex item
6365 @cindex pointed rule
6366 @cindex rule, pointed
6367 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6368 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6369 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6370 that the input cursor.
6371
6372 @example
6373 state 0
6374
6375 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6376
6377 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6378
6379 exp go to state 2
6380 @end example
6381
6382 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6383 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6384 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6385 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6386 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6387 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6388 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6389 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6390
6391 @cindex core, item set
6392 @cindex item set core
6393 @cindex kernel, item set
6394 @cindex item set core
6395 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6396 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6397 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6398 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6399 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6400 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6401 be derived:
6402
6403 @example
6404 state 0
6405
6406 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6407 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6408 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6409 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6410 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6411 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6412
6413 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6414
6415 exp go to state 2
6416 @end example
6417
6418 @noindent
6419 In the state 1...
6420
6421 @example
6422 state 1
6423
6424 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6425
6426 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6427 @end example
6428
6429 @noindent
6430 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6431 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6432 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6433 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6434
6435 @example
6436 state 2
6437
6438 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6439 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6440 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6441 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6442 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6443
6444 $ shift, and go to state 3
6445 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6446 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6447 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6448 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6449 @end example
6450
6451 @noindent
6452 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6453 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6454 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6455 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6456 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6457 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6458
6459 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6460 state}:
6461
6462 @example
6463 state 3
6464
6465 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6466
6467 $default accept
6468 @end example
6469
6470 @noindent
6471 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6472 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6473
6474 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6475 the reader.
6476
6477 @example
6478 state 4
6479
6480 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6481
6482 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6483
6484 exp go to state 8
6485
6486 state 5
6487
6488 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6489
6490 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6491
6492 exp go to state 9
6493
6494 state 6
6495
6496 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6497
6498 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6499
6500 exp go to state 10
6501
6502 state 7
6503
6504 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6505
6506 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6507
6508 exp go to state 11
6509 @end example
6510
6511 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6512 1 shift/reduce}:
6513
6514 @example
6515 state 8
6516
6517 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6518 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6519 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6520 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6521 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6522
6523 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6524 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6525
6526 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6527 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6528 @end example
6529
6530 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6531 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6532 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6533 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6534 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6535 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6536 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6537 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6538
6539 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6540 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6541 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6542 square brackets.
6543
6544 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6545 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6546 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6547 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6548 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6549 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6550 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6551 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6552 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6553 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6554 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6555 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6556
6557 @example
6558 state 8
6559
6560 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6561 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6562 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6563 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6564 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6565
6566 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6567 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6568
6569 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6570 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6571 @end example
6572
6573 The remaining states are similar:
6574
6575 @example
6576 state 9
6577
6578 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6579 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6580 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6581 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6582 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6583
6584 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6585 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6586
6587 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6588 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6589
6590 state 10
6591
6592 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6593 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6594 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6595 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6596 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6597
6598 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6599
6600 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6601 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6602
6603 state 11
6604
6605 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6606 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6607 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6608 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6609 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6610
6611 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6612 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6613 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6614 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6615
6616 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6617 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6618 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6619 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6620 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6621 @end example
6622
6623 @noindent
6624 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6625 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6626 @samp{*}, but also because the
6627 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6628
6629
6630 @node Tracing
6631 @section Tracing Your Parser
6632 @findex yydebug
6633 @cindex debugging
6634 @cindex tracing the parser
6635
6636 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6637 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6638
6639 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6640
6641 @table @asis
6642 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6643 @findex YYDEBUG
6644 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6645 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6646 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6647 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6648 Prologue}).
6649
6650 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6651 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6652 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6653
6654 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6655 @findex %debug
6656 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6657 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6658 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6659 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6660 you, this is
6661 the preferred solution.
6662 @end table
6663
6664 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6665 always possible.
6666
6667 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6668 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6669 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6670 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6671 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6672 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6673
6674 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6675 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6676 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6677 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6678
6679 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6680 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6681 messages tell you these things:
6682
6683 @itemize @bullet
6684 @item
6685 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6686
6687 @item
6688 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6689 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6690
6691 @item
6692 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6693 of the state stack afterward.
6694 @end itemize
6695
6696 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6697 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6698 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6699 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6700 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6701 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6702 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6703 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6704 grammar are to blame.
6705
6706 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6707 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6708 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6709 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6710 the grammar it is working.
6711
6712 @findex YYPRINT
6713 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6714 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6715 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6716 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6717 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6718 value (from @code{yylval}).
6719
6720 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6721 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6722
6723 @smallexample
6724 %@{
6725 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6726 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6727 %@}
6728
6729 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6730
6731 static void
6732 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6733 @{
6734 if (type == VAR)
6735 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6736 else if (type == NUM)
6737 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6738 @}
6739 @end smallexample
6740
6741 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6742
6743 @node Invocation
6744 @chapter Invoking Bison
6745 @cindex invoking Bison
6746 @cindex Bison invocation
6747 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6748
6749 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6750
6751 @example
6752 bison @var{infile}
6753 @end example
6754
6755 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6756 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6757 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6758 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6759 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6760 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6761 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6762 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6763 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6764 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6765 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6766 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6767
6768 For example :
6769
6770 @example
6771 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6772 @end example
6773 @noindent
6774 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6775
6776 @example
6777 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6778 @end example
6779 @noindent
6780 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6781
6782 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6783 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6784 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6785
6786 @menu
6787 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6788 in alphabetical order by short options.
6789 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6790 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6791 @end menu
6792
6793 @node Bison Options
6794 @section Bison Options
6795
6796 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6797 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6798 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6799 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6800 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6801 @samp{=}.
6802
6803 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6804 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6805 option.
6806
6807 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6808 @noindent
6809 Operations modes:
6810 @table @option
6811 @item -h
6812 @itemx --help
6813 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6814
6815 @item -V
6816 @itemx --version
6817 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6818
6819 @item --print-localedir
6820 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6821
6822 @item -y
6823 @itemx --yacc
6824 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6825 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6826 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6827 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6828 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6829 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6830 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6831 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6832
6833 @example
6834 #! /bin/sh
6835 bison -y "$@@"
6836 @end example
6837
6838 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6839 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6840 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6841 this option is specified.
6842
6843 @end table
6844
6845 @noindent
6846 Tuning the parser:
6847
6848 @table @option
6849 @item -S @var{file}
6850 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6851 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6852 you are developing Bison.
6853
6854 @item -t
6855 @itemx --debug
6856 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6857 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6858 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6859
6860 @item --locations
6861 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6862
6863 @item -p @var{prefix}
6864 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6865 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6866 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6867
6868 @item -l
6869 @itemx --no-lines
6870 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6871 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6872 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6873 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6874 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6875
6876 @item -n
6877 @itemx --no-parser
6878 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6879
6880 @item -k
6881 @itemx --token-table
6882 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6883 @end table
6884
6885 @noindent
6886 Adjust the output:
6887
6888 @table @option
6889 @item -d
6890 @itemx --defines
6891 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6892 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6893 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6894
6895 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6896 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6897
6898 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6899 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6900 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6901 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6902
6903 @item -r @var{things}
6904 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6905 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6906 separated list of @var{things} among:
6907
6908 @table @code
6909 @item state
6910 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6911 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6912
6913 @item look-ahead
6914 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6915 each rule's look-ahead set.
6916
6917 @item itemset
6918 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6919 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6920 @end table
6921
6922 @item -v
6923 @itemx --verbose
6924 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6925 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6926 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6927
6928 @item -o @var{file}
6929 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6930 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6931
6932 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6933 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6934
6935 @item -g
6936 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6937 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6938 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6939 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6940
6941 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6942 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6943 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6944 the output graph file.
6945 @end table
6946
6947 @node Option Cross Key
6948 @section Option Cross Key
6949
6950 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
6951 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6952 the corresponding short option.
6953
6954 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
6955 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
6956 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
6957 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
6958 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
6959 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
6960 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
6961 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
6962 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
6963 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
6964 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
6965 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
6966 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
6967 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
6968 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
6969 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
6970 @end multitable
6971
6972 @node Yacc Library
6973 @section Yacc Library
6974
6975 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6976 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6977 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6978 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6979 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6980 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6981 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6982
6983 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6984 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6985
6986 @example
6987 int yyerror (char const *);
6988 @end example
6989
6990 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6991 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6992 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6993
6994 @example
6995 int yyparse (void);
6996 @end example
6997
6998 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6999
7000 @node C++ Language Interface
7001 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7002
7003 @menu
7004 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7005 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7006 @end menu
7007
7008 @node C++ Parsers
7009 @section C++ Parsers
7010
7011 @menu
7012 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7013 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7014 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7015 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7016 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7017 @end menu
7018
7019 @node C++ Bison Interface
7020 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7021 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7022 @c - Always pure
7023 @c - initial action
7024
7025 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7026 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7027 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7028 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7029 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7030 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7031 various classes are generated in the following files:
7032
7033 @table @file
7034 @item position.hh
7035 @itemx location.hh
7036 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7037 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7038
7039 @item stack.hh
7040 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7041
7042 @item @var{file}.hh
7043 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7044 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
7045 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
7046 rules as with regular C parsers.
7047
7048 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
7049 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
7050 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7051 @samp{%defines} directive.
7052 @end table
7053
7054 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7055 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7056
7057 @node C++ Semantic Values
7058 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7059 @c - No objects in unions
7060 @c - YSTYPE
7061 @c - Printer and destructor
7062
7063 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7064 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7065 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7066 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7067 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7068 @itemize @minus
7069 @item
7070 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7071 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7072 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7073 @item
7074 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7075 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7076 to such objects are allowed.
7077 @end itemize
7078
7079 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7080 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7081 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7082 Symbols}.
7083
7084
7085 @node C++ Location Values
7086 @subsection C++ Location Values
7087 @c - %locations
7088 @c - class Position
7089 @c - class Location
7090 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7091
7092 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7093 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7094 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7095 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7096 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7097
7098 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7099 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7100 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7101 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7102 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7103 @end deftypemethod
7104
7105 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7106 The line, starting at 1.
7107 @end deftypemethod
7108
7109 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7110 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7111 @end deftypemethod
7112
7113 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7114 The column, starting at 0.
7115 @end deftypemethod
7116
7117 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7118 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7119 @end deftypemethod
7120
7121 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7122 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7123 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7124 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7125 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7126 @end deftypemethod
7127
7128 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7129 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7130 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7131 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7132 @end deftypemethod
7133
7134 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7135 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7136 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7137 @end deftypemethod
7138
7139 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7140 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7141 Advance the @code{end} position.
7142 @end deftypemethod
7143
7144 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7145 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7146 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7147 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7148 @end deftypemethod
7149
7150 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7151 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7152 @end deftypemethod
7153
7154
7155 @node C++ Parser Interface
7156 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7157 @c - define parser_class_name
7158 @c - Ctor
7159 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7160 @c debug_stream.
7161 @c - Reporting errors
7162
7163 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7164 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7165 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7166 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7167 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7168 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7169 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7170 additional argument for its constructor.
7171
7172 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7173 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7174 The types for semantics value and locations.
7175 @end defcv
7176
7177 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7178 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7179 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7180 @end deftypemethod
7181
7182 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7183 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7184 @end deftypemethod
7185
7186 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7187 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7188 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7189 @code{std::cerr}.
7190 @end deftypemethod
7191
7192 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7193 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7194 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7195 or nonzero, full tracing.
7196 @end deftypemethod
7197
7198 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7199 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7200 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7201 described by @var{m}.
7202 @end deftypemethod
7203
7204
7205 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7206 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7207 @c - prefix for yylex.
7208 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7209 @c - %lex-param
7210
7211 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7212 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7213 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7214
7215 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7216 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7217 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7218 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7219 @end deftypemethod
7220
7221
7222 @node A Complete C++ Example
7223 @section A Complete C++ Example
7224
7225 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7226 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7227 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7228 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7229 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7230 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7231 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7232 actually easier to interface with.
7233
7234 @menu
7235 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7236 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7237 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7238 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7239 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7240 @end menu
7241
7242 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7243 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7244
7245 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7246 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7247 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7248 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7249 of valid input follows.
7250
7251 @example
7252 three := 3
7253 seven := one + two * three
7254 seven * seven
7255 @end example
7256
7257 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7258 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7259 @c - An env
7260 @c - A place to store error messages
7261 @c - A place for the result
7262
7263 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7264 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7265 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7266 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7267 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7268 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7269 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7270
7271 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7272 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7273 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7274 class.
7275
7276 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7277 @example
7278 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7279 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7280 # include <string>
7281 # include <map>
7282 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7283 @end example
7284
7285
7286 @noindent
7287 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7288 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7289 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7290 factor both as follows.
7291
7292 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7293 @example
7294 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7295 # define YY_DECL \
7296 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7297 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7298 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7299 calcxx_driver& driver)
7300 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7301 YY_DECL;
7302 @end example
7303
7304 @noindent
7305 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7306 members.
7307
7308 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7309 @example
7310 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7311 class calcxx_driver
7312 @{
7313 public:
7314 calcxx_driver ();
7315 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7316
7317 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7318
7319 int result;
7320 @end example
7321
7322 @noindent
7323 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7324 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7325 members.
7326
7327 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7328 @example
7329 // Handling the scanner.
7330 void scan_begin ();
7331 void scan_end ();
7332 bool trace_scanning;
7333 @end example
7334
7335 @noindent
7336 Similarly for the parser itself.
7337
7338 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7339 @example
7340 // Handling the parser.
7341 void parse (const std::string& f);
7342 std::string file;
7343 bool trace_parsing;
7344 @end example
7345
7346 @noindent
7347 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7348 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7349 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7350 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7351
7352 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7353 @example
7354 // Error handling.
7355 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7356 void error (const std::string& m);
7357 @};
7358 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7359 @end example
7360
7361 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7362 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7363 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7364 messages and set error state.
7365
7366 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7367 @example
7368 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7369 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7370
7371 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7372 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7373 @{
7374 variables["one"] = 1;
7375 variables["two"] = 2;
7376 @}
7377
7378 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7379 @{
7380 @}
7381
7382 void
7383 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7384 @{
7385 file = f;
7386 scan_begin ();
7387 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7388 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7389 parser.parse ();
7390 scan_end ();
7391 @}
7392
7393 void
7394 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7395 @{
7396 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7397 @}
7398
7399 void
7400 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7401 @{
7402 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7403 @}
7404 @end example
7405
7406 @node Calc++ Parser
7407 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7408
7409 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7410 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7411 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7412 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7413 the grammar for.
7414
7415 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7416 @example
7417 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7418 %require "2.1a"
7419 %defines
7420 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7421 @end example
7422
7423 @noindent
7424 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7425 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7426 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7427 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7428 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7429 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7430
7431 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7432 @example
7433 %@{
7434 # include <string>
7435 class calcxx_driver;
7436 %@}
7437 @end example
7438
7439 @noindent
7440 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7441 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7442 global variables.
7443
7444 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7445 @example
7446 // The parsing context.
7447 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7448 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7449 @end example
7450
7451 @noindent
7452 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7453 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7454 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7455 automatically propagated.
7456
7457 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7458 @example
7459 %locations
7460 %initial-action
7461 @{
7462 // Initialize the initial location.
7463 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7464 @};
7465 @end example
7466
7467 @noindent
7468 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7469 error messages.
7470
7471 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7472 @example
7473 %debug
7474 %error-verbose
7475 @end example
7476
7477 @noindent
7478 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7479 them.
7480
7481 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7482 @example
7483 // Symbols.
7484 %union
7485 @{
7486 int ival;
7487 std::string *sval;
7488 @};
7489 @end example
7490
7491 @noindent
7492 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7493 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7494 knowledge about the driver.
7495
7496 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7497 @example
7498 %@{
7499 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7500 %@}
7501 @end example
7502
7503
7504 @noindent
7505 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7506 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7507 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7508 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7509 avoid name clashes.
7510
7511 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7512 @example
7513 %token END 0 "end of file"
7514 %token ASSIGN ":="
7515 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7516 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7517 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7518 @end example
7519
7520 @noindent
7521 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7522 @code{%destructor}.
7523
7524 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7525 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7526 @example
7527 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7528 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7529
7530 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7531 @end example
7532
7533 @noindent
7534 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7535
7536 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7537 @example
7538 %%
7539 %start unit;
7540 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7541
7542 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7543 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7544
7545 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7546
7547 %left '+' '-';
7548 %left '*' '/';
7549 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7550 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7551 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7552 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7553 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7554 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7555 %%
7556 @end example
7557
7558 @noindent
7559 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7560 driver.
7561
7562 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7563 @example
7564 void
7565 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7566 const std::string& m)
7567 @{
7568 driver.error (l, m);
7569 @}
7570 @end example
7571
7572 @node Calc++ Scanner
7573 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7574
7575 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7576 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7577
7578 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7579 @example
7580 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7581 # include <cstdlib>
7582 # include <errno.h>
7583 # include <limits.h>
7584 # include <string>
7585 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7586 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7587 /* Work around a bug in flex 2.5.31. See Debian bug 333231
7588 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7589 # undef yywrap
7590 # define yywrap() 1
7591 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7592 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7593 not of token_type. */
7594 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7595 %@}
7596 @end example
7597
7598 @noindent
7599 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7600 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7601 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7602 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7603
7604 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7605 @example
7606 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7607 @end example
7608
7609 @noindent
7610 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7611
7612 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7613 @example
7614 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7615 int [0-9]+
7616 blank [ \t]
7617 @end example
7618
7619 @noindent
7620 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7621 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7622 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7623 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7624 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7625 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7626 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7627
7628 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7629 @example
7630 %@{
7631 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7632 %@}
7633 %%
7634 %@{
7635 yylloc->step ();
7636 %@}
7637 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7638 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7639 @end example
7640
7641 @noindent
7642 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7643 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7644 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7645 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7646
7647 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7648 @example
7649 %@{
7650 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7651 %@}
7652 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7653 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7654 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7655 @{int@} @{
7656 errno = 0;
7657 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7658 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7659 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7660 yylval->ival = n;
7661 return token::NUMBER;
7662 @}
7663 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7664 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7665 %%
7666 @end example
7667
7668 @noindent
7669 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7670 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7671
7672 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7673 @example
7674 void
7675 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7676 @{
7677 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7678 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7679 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7680 @}
7681
7682 void
7683 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7684 @{
7685 fclose (yyin);
7686 @}
7687 @end example
7688
7689 @node Calc++ Top Level
7690 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7691
7692 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7693
7694 @comment file: calc++.cc
7695 @example
7696 #include <iostream>
7697 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7698
7699 int
7700 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7701 @{
7702 calcxx_driver driver;
7703 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7704 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7705 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7706 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7707 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7708 else
7709 @{
7710 driver.parse (*argv);
7711 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7712 @}
7713 @}
7714 @end example
7715
7716 @c ================================================= FAQ
7717
7718 @node FAQ
7719 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7720 @cindex frequently asked questions
7721 @cindex questions
7722
7723 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7724 are addressed.
7725
7726 @menu
7727 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7728 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7729 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7730 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7731 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7732 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7733 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7734 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7735 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7736 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7737 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7738 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7739 @end menu
7740
7741 @node Memory Exhausted
7742 @section Memory Exhausted
7743
7744 @display
7745 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7746 message. What can I do?
7747 @end display
7748
7749 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7750 ,Recursive Rules}.
7751
7752 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7753 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7754
7755 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7756 following typical questions:
7757
7758 @display
7759 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7760 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7761 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7762 @end display
7763
7764 @noindent
7765 or
7766
7767 @display
7768 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7769 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7770 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7771 @end display
7772
7773 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7774 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7775 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7776 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7777 @file{first-line.l}:
7778
7779 @verbatim
7780 %{
7781 #include <stdio.h>
7782 #include <stdlib.h>
7783 %}
7784 %%
7785 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7786 %%
7787 int
7788 yyparse (char const *file)
7789 {
7790 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7791 if (!yyin)
7792 exit (2);
7793 /* One token only. */
7794 yylex ();
7795 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7796 exit (3);
7797 return 0;
7798 }
7799
7800 int
7801 main (void)
7802 {
7803 yyparse ("input");
7804 yyparse ("input");
7805 return 0;
7806 }
7807 @end verbatim
7808
7809 @noindent
7810 If the file @file{input} contains
7811
7812 @verbatim
7813 input:1: Hello,
7814 input:2: World!
7815 @end verbatim
7816
7817 @noindent
7818 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7819
7820 @example
7821 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7822 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7823 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7824 input:1: Hello,
7825 input:2: World!
7826 @end example
7827
7828 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7829 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7830 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7831 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7832 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7833 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7834 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7835 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7836 input buffers.
7837
7838 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7839 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7840 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7841 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7842
7843 @node Strings are Destroyed
7844 @section Strings are Destroyed
7845
7846 @display
7847 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7848 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7849 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7850 @end display
7851
7852 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7853 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7854 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7855
7856 @verbatim
7857 %{
7858 #include <stdio.h>
7859 char *yylval = NULL;
7860 %}
7861 %%
7862 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7863 \n /* IGNORE */
7864 %%
7865 int
7866 main ()
7867 {
7868 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7869 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7870 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7871 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7872 return 0;
7873 }
7874 @end verbatim
7875
7876 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7877
7878 @example
7879 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7880 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7881 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7882 "one
7883 two", "two"
7884 @end example
7885
7886 @noindent
7887 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7888 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7889 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7890 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7891 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7892 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7893
7894 @example
7895 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7896 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7897 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7898 "two", "two"
7899 @end example
7900
7901
7902 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7903 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7904
7905 @display
7906 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7907 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7908 @end display
7909
7910 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7911 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7912 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7913 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7914 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7915 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7916 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7917
7918 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7919 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7920 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7921 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7922 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7923 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7924 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7925 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7926 compiler.
7927
7928 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7929 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7930
7931
7932 @node Multiple start-symbols
7933 @section Multiple start-symbols
7934
7935 @display
7936 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
7937 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
7938 multiple entry points.
7939 @end display
7940
7941 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
7942 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
7943 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
7944 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
7945 real start-symbol:
7946
7947 @example
7948 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
7949 %start start;
7950 start: START_FOO foo
7951 | START_BAR bar;
7952 @end example
7953
7954 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
7955 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
7956
7957 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
7958 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
7959 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
7960 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
7961 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
7962 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
7963 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
7964 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
7965
7966 @example
7967 /* @r{Prologue.} */
7968 %%
7969 %@{
7970 if (start_token)
7971 @{
7972 int t = start_token;
7973 start_token = 0;
7974 return t;
7975 @}
7976 %@}
7977 /* @r{The rules.} */
7978 @end example
7979
7980
7981 @node Secure? Conform?
7982 @section Secure? Conform?
7983
7984 @display
7985 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
7986 @end display
7987
7988 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
7989 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
7990 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
7991 please send us a bug report.
7992
7993 @node I can't build Bison
7994 @section I can't build Bison
7995
7996 @display
7997 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
7998 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
7999 What should I do?
8000 @end display
8001
8002 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8003 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8004 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8005 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8006 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8007 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8008 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8009
8010
8011 @node Where can I find help?
8012 @section Where can I find help?
8013
8014 @display
8015 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8016 @end display
8017
8018 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8019 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8020 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8021 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8022 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8023 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8024 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8025 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8026 hearts.
8027
8028 @node Bug Reports
8029 @section Bug Reports
8030
8031 @display
8032 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8033 @end display
8034
8035 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8036 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8037 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8038 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8039 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8040
8041 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8042 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8043 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8044 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8045 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8046
8047 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8048 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8049 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8050 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8051 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8052 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8053
8054 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8055 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8056
8057 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8058
8059 @node Other Languages
8060 @section Other Languages
8061
8062 @display
8063 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8064 favorite language here}?
8065 @end display
8066
8067 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8068 languages; contributions are welcome.
8069
8070 @node Beta Testing
8071 @section Beta Testing
8072
8073 @display
8074 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8075 @end display
8076
8077 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8078 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8079 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8080 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8081 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8082 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8083 essentially halted.
8084
8085 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8086 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8087 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8088 systems are especially welcome.
8089
8090 @node Mailing Lists
8091 @section Mailing Lists
8092
8093 @display
8094 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8095 @end display
8096
8097 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8098
8099 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8100
8101 @node Table of Symbols
8102 @appendix Bison Symbols
8103 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8104 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8105
8106 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8107 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8108 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8109 @end deffn
8110
8111 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8112 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8113 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8114 @end deffn
8115
8116 @deffn {Variable} $$
8117 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8118 @xref{Actions}.
8119 @end deffn
8120
8121 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8122 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8123 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8124 @end deffn
8125
8126 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8127 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8128 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8129 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8130 @end deffn
8131
8132 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8133 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8134 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8135 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8136 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8137 Grammar}.
8138 @end deffn
8139
8140 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8141 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8142 @end deffn
8143
8144 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8145 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8146 Grammar Rules}.
8147 @end deffn
8148
8149 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8150 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8151 @end deffn
8152
8153 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8154 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8155 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8156 @end deffn
8157
8158 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8159 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8160 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8161 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8162 @end deffn
8163
8164 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8165 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8166 @end deffn
8167
8168 @ifset defaultprec
8169 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8170 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8171 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8172 Precedence}.
8173 @end deffn
8174 @end ifset
8175
8176 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8177 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8178 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8179 @end deffn
8180
8181 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8182 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8183 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8184 @end deffn
8185
8186 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8187 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8188 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8189 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8190 @end deffn
8191
8192 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8193 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8194 used in the grammar.
8195 @end deffn
8196
8197 @deffn {Symbol} error
8198 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8199 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8200 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8201 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8202 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
8203 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
8204 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8205 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8206 @end deffn
8207
8208 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8209 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8210 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8211 @end deffn
8212
8213 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8214 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8215 Summary}.
8216 @end deffn
8217
8218 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8219 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8220 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8221 @end deffn
8222
8223 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8224 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8225 @end deffn
8226
8227 @deffn {Directive} %left
8228 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8229 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8230 @end deffn
8231
8232 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8233 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8234 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8235 for Pure Parsers}.
8236 @end deffn
8237
8238 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8239 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8240 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8241 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8242 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8243 @end deffn
8244
8245 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8246 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8247 @end deffn
8248
8249 @ifset defaultprec
8250 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8251 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8252 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8253 Precedence}.
8254 @end deffn
8255 @end ifset
8256
8257 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8258 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8259 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8260 @end deffn
8261
8262 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8263 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8264 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8265 @end deffn
8266
8267 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8268 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8269 Summary}.
8270 @end deffn
8271
8272 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8273 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8274 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8275 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8276 @end deffn
8277
8278 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8279 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8280 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8281 @end deffn
8282
8283 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8284 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8285 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8286 @end deffn
8287
8288 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8289 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8290 Require a Version of Bison}.
8291 @end deffn
8292
8293 @deffn {Directive} %right
8294 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8295 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8296 @end deffn
8297
8298 @deffn {Directive} %start
8299 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8300 Start-Symbol}.
8301 @end deffn
8302
8303 @deffn {Directive} %token
8304 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8305 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8306 @end deffn
8307
8308 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8309 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8310 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8311 @end deffn
8312
8313 @deffn {Directive} %type
8314 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8315 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8316 @end deffn
8317
8318 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8319 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8320 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8321 @code{error}.
8322 @end deffn
8323
8324 @deffn {Directive} %union
8325 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8326 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8327 @end deffn
8328
8329 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8330 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8331 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8332 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8333 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8334 @end deffn
8335
8336 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8337 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8338 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8339 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8340 @end deffn
8341
8342 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8343 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8344 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8345 @end deffn
8346
8347 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8348 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8349 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8350 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8351 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8352 @end deffn
8353
8354 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8355 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8356 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8357 @end deffn
8358
8359 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8360 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8361 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8362 @end deffn
8363
8364 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8365 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8366 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8367 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8368 @end deffn
8369
8370 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8371 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8372 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8373 @end deffn
8374
8375 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8376 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8377 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8378 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8379 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8380 @end deffn
8381
8382 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8383 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8384 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8385 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8386 @end deffn
8387
8388 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8389 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8390 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8391 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8392 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8393 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8394 @end deffn
8395
8396 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8397 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8398 @xref{Memory Management}.
8399 @end deffn
8400
8401 @deffn {Function} yylex
8402 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8403 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8404 @code{yylex}}.
8405 @end deffn
8406
8407 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8408 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8409 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8410 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8411 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8412 @end deffn
8413
8414 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8415 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8416 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8417 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8418 @code{yylex}.)
8419 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8420 grammar actions.
8421 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8422 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token.
8423 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8424 @end deffn
8425
8426 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8427 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8428 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8429 @end deffn
8430
8431 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8432 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8433 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8434 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8435 @code{yylex}.)
8436 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8437 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token.
8438 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8439 @end deffn
8440
8441 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8442 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8443 Management}.
8444 @end deffn
8445
8446 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8447 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8448 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8449 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8450 @end deffn
8451
8452 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8453 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8454 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8455 @end deffn
8456
8457 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8458 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8459 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8460 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8461 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8462 @end deffn
8463
8464 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8465 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8466 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8467 @end deffn
8468
8469 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8470 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8471 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8472 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8473 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8474 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8475 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8476
8477 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8478 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8479 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8480 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8481 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8482 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8483 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8484 @end deffn
8485
8486 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8487 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8488 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8489 @end deffn
8490
8491 @node Glossary
8492 @appendix Glossary
8493 @cindex glossary
8494
8495 @table @asis
8496 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8497 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8498 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8499 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8500 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8501
8502 @item Context-free grammars
8503 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8504 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8505 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8506 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8507 Grammars}.
8508
8509 @item Dynamic allocation
8510 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8511 compile time or on entry to a function.
8512
8513 @item Empty string
8514 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8515 character string of length zero.
8516
8517 @item Finite-state stack machine
8518 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8519 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8520 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8521 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8522 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8523 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8524
8525 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8526 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8527 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8528 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8529 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8530 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8531 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8532 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8533
8534 @item Grouping
8535 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8536 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8537 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8538
8539 @item Infix operator
8540 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8541 performs some operation.
8542
8543 @item Input stream
8544 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8545
8546 @item Language construct
8547 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8548 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8549 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8550
8551 @item Left associativity
8552 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8553 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8554 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8555
8556 @item Left recursion
8557 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8558 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8559 Rules}.
8560
8561 @item Left-to-right parsing
8562 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8563 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8564
8565 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8566 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8567 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8568
8569 @item Lexical tie-in
8570 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8571 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8572
8573 @item Literal string token
8574 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8575
8576 @item Look-ahead token
8577 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8578 Tokens}.
8579
8580 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8581 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8582 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8583 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8584
8585 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8586 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8587 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8588
8589 @item Nonterminal symbol
8590 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8591 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8592 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8593
8594 @item Parser
8595 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8596 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8597 analyzer.
8598
8599 @item Postfix operator
8600 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8601 performs some operation.
8602
8603 @item Reduction
8604 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8605 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8606 Parser Algorithm}.
8607
8608 @item Reentrant
8609 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8610 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8611 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8612
8613 @item Reverse polish notation
8614 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8615
8616 @item Right recursion
8617 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8618 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8619 Rules}.
8620
8621 @item Semantics
8622 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8623 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8624 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8625
8626 @item Shift
8627 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8628 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8629 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8630
8631 @item Single-character literal
8632 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8633 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8634
8635 @item Start symbol
8636 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8637 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8638 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8639 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8640
8641 @item Symbol table
8642 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8643 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8644 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8645
8646 @item Syntax error
8647 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8648 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8649
8650 @item Token
8651 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8652 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8653 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8654 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8655
8656 @item Terminal symbol
8657 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8658 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8659 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8660 @end table
8661
8662 @node Copying This Manual
8663 @appendix Copying This Manual
8664
8665 @menu
8666 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8667 @end menu
8668
8669 @include fdl.texi
8670
8671 @node Index
8672 @unnumbered Index
8673
8674 @printindex cp
8675
8676 @bye
8677
8678 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8679 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8680 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8681 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8682 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8683 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8684 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8685 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8686 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8687 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8688 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8689 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8690 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8691 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8692 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8693 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8694 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8695 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8696 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8697 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8698 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8699 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8700 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8701 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8702 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8703 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8704 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8705 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8706 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex